my cy cmy k · 84149499 b operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway...

84149499 B

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_CHEV_Corvette_COV_en_US_84149499B_2018APR23.ai 1 4/10/2018 1:05:38 PM19_CHEV_Corvette_COV_en_US_84149499B_2018APR23.ai 1 4/10/2018 1:05:38 PM

Chevrolet Corvette Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-12032182) - 2019 - crc - 5/8/18

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 25

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 98

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 145

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 157

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 310

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 330

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 340

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem,CORVETTE, the CORVETTEEmblem, CORVETTE STINGRAY,and the STINGRAY Emblem aretrademarks and/or service marks ofGeneral Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84149499 B Second Printing ©2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

[ : Forward Collision Alert

R : Fuse Block Cover LockLocation

+ : Fuses

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints


4 Introduction

Q : Keep Fuse Block CoversProperly Installed

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

h : Start/Stop

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . 14Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 16Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 19

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Curb View Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 20Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Universal Remote System . . . . . 20Roof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 21Performance VehicleFeatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Fuel (LT1 6.2L V8 Engine) . . . . . 22Fuel (LT4 and LT5 6.2LSupercharged V8 Engines) . . . 23

E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 23Car Wash Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . 24Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 155.

2. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 143 (Out of View).

3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 142.

Exterior Lamp Controls 0 139.

4. Manual Shift Paddles (IfEquipped). See Manual Mode0 189.

Active Rev Match Paddles (IfEquipped). See Active RevMatch 0 193.

5. Instrument Cluster 0 103.

6. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 99.

7. Instrument Panel StorageButton. See Instrument PanelStorage 0 94.

8. Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator. See PassengerSensing System 0 79.

9. Alarm System Indicator Light.See Vehicle Alarm System0 41.

Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 141.

10. Hazard Warning Flashers0 142.

11. Infotainment 0 145.

12. Passenger TemperatureControl. See Dual AutomaticClimate Control System 0 151.

Passenger Heated andVentilated Seat Controls (IfEquipped). See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 65.

13. Driver and RedundantPassenger Heated andVentilated Seat Controls (IfEquipped). See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 65.

14. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 151.

15. Electric Parking Brake 0 195.

16. MODE SELECT Knob. SeeCompetitive Driving Mode0 203.

17. Shift Lever (Manual Shown).See Automatic Transmission0 187 or Manual Transmission0 192.

18. Keyless Ignition. See IgnitionPositions 0 180.

19. Bluetooth Controls. See“Steering Wheel Controls” inthe infotainment manual.

Voice Recognition Controls.See “Steering Wheel Controls”in the infotainment manual.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 121.

20. See “Steering Wheel Controls”in the infotainment manual.

21. Horn 0 99.

22. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 99 (Out of View).

23. Cruise Control 0 207.

24. Convertible Top Switch (Out ofView) (If Equipped). SeeConvertible Top 0 52.

25. Hood Release (Out of View).See Hood 0 223.


8 In Brief

26. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 113.

27. Hatch/Trunk Release Button.See Hatch (Trunk) 0 38.

Intrusion and InclinationSensors Disable Switch. SeeVehicle Alarm System 0 41.

28. Head-Up Display Controls (IfEquipped). See Head-UpDisplay (HUD) 0 123.

29. Power Mirrors 0 44.

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner’s manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

The RKE transmitter is used to lockand unlock the doors and may workup to 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.

With Remote Start and ConvertibleTop Shown, Others Similar

Press the button to remove the key.The key can be used to open thevehicle and hatch/trunk if power tothe vehicle is lost. See Hatch(Trunk) 0 38.

K : Press to unlock the driver doorand the fuel door. Press again withinfive seconds to unlock both doors.

Q : Press to lock both doors andthe fuel door.

M : Press and hold to release thehatch/trunk.


In Brief 9

M : If equipped, press andrelease K and then immediately

press and holdM continuously toopen the convertible top all the way.The vehicle must be off to operatethe convertible top. Release thebutton to stop movement. Thisbutton will only open theconvertible top.

See Convertible Top 0 52.

L : Press and release once toinitiate vehicle locator. Press andhold for three seconds to sound thepanic alarm. Press again or start thevehicle to stop the panic alarm.

See Keys 0 25 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 27.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock a door from theoutside, press Q or K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Driver Door

1. Door Handle Sensor2. Power Door Lock Switch3. Door Latch Button

For Keyless Access, hold the RKEtransmitter within 1 m (3 ft) of thedoor handle. Grip and press thedoor handle sensor (1). See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27. This feature can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.


10 In Brief

Passenger Door

To lock or unlock a door from theinside, use the power door lockswitch.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

To open a door from the inside,press the door latch button.

The fuel door is also locked andunlocked using these features.

See Power Door Locks 0 36.

Loss of Vehicle ElectricalPower

If the vehicle has lost battery power,the doors can be opened manually.

From Inside the Vehicle

Pull the driver door release handle.

Pull the passenger door releasehandle.

See Door Locks 0 34.

Trunk ReleaseFor automatic transmissions, thevehicle must be in P (Park).

For manual transmissions, thevehicle must be off or stationarywith the parking brake set. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 195.


In Brief 11

To release the hatch/trunk:

. Press}.

. Press and holds on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System 0 26.

. Press the hatch/trunk releasetouch pad with the RKEtransmitter within range or usethe key in the key cylinder.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System 0 26 and Keys0 25.

See Hatch (Trunk) 0 38.

Windows

The power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 183.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time. See PowerWindows 0 46.


12 In Brief

Window Operation withConvertible Top

The windows will automaticallylower fully when the convertible topis lowered or raised. SeeConvertible Top 0 52.

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 59.

Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.

Memory Features

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall theirunique seat positions for driving thevehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also besaved, such as power mirrors andpower steering wheel, if equipped.Memory positions are linked to RKEtransmitter 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn theignition on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.


In Brief 13

Then immediately press and hold 1,2, orB (Exit) until two beepssound. To manually recall thesepositions, press and hold 1, 2, orBuntil the saved position is reached.

When Auto Memory Recall isenabled in vehicle personalization,positions previously saved tomemory buttons 1 and 2 arerecalled when the ignition ischanged from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY.

When Easy Exit Options is enabledin vehicle personalization, thefeature automatically recalls thepreviously saved exit position whenexiting the vehicle.

Memory adjustments may not beavailable upon delivery or afterservice until steps in “SavingMemory Positions” section areperformed. See Memory Seats 0 60.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

Driver and Passenger Controls

If equipped, the driver buttons areon the center stack. To operate, theignition must be on.

Press C or M on the left side of theclimate control panel to ventilate orheat the driver seat. A ventilatedseat has a fan that pulls or pushesair through the seat. The air is notcooled.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 65.

Seat Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to useseat belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 66.

. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly0 67.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 69.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 90.


14 In Brief

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada and Mexico

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbag

is affected by the passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 79.

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the instrumentpanel when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 112.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press L (Left) or R (Right) toselect the mirror.

2. Press the control pad to adjustthe mirror.

3. Return the switch to the centerto deselect the mirror.

See Power Mirrors 0 44.

If the vehicle has the memoryfeature, a preferred mirror positioncan be stored. See Memory Seats0 60.

To fold, pull the mirror toward thevehicle. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

Interior Mirror

Adjustment

Adjust the rearview mirror to clearlyview the area behind the vehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

To avoid glare of the headlampsfrom behind, push the tab forwardfor daytime and pull it rearward fornighttime use.


In Brief 15

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

If equipped, the mirror automaticallyreduces the glare of the headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

See Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror 0 46.

Steering WheelAdjustment

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Both the tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn positions can be stored withyour memory settings, if equipped.See Memory Seats 0 60.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingInterior Light Control

The knob for this feature is on theleft side of the instrument panel.Turn clockwise or counterclockwiseto brighten or dim the lights. Turnthe knob completely clockwise toturn the interior lights on.

Courtesy Lamps

When any door or the hatch/trunk isopened, the interior lamps willcome on.

To turn the courtesy lamps on or off,turn the instrument panel brightnessknob completely clockwise orcounterclockwise.

Reading Lamps

The reading lamps are in theoverhead console. The lamps go onwhen a door is opened. When thedoors are closed, press the lampbuttons to turn on each lamp.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 143.


16 In Brief

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamps

There are four positions:

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Sets the exterior lamps toautomatic mode. AUTO mode turnsthe exterior lamps on and offdepending on how much light isavailable outside the vehicle.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 139.

. Automatic Headlamp System0 141.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

nL : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 99.


In Brief 17

Climate ControlsThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver Temperature Control

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

3. A/C (Air Conditioning)

4. Air Delivery Modes

5. Defrost

6. SYNC

7. Fan Control

8. Driver and RedundantPassenger Heated andVentilated Front Seat Controls

9. Rear Window Defogger

10. Recirculation

Passenger Temperature Control

The passenger temperature controlis below the passenger sideair vent.

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 151.


18 In Brief

Transmission

Manual Paddle Shift(Automatic Transmission)

The Manual Paddle Shift systemcan be used in D (Drive) orM (Manual Mode). The system isactivated by pressing the left paddleto downshift and the right paddle toupshift. The current gear will bedisplayed in the instrument cluster,or the Head-Up Display (HUD),if equipped.

The Manual Paddle Shift system willnot allow either an upshift or adownshift if the vehicle speed is toofast or too slow, nor will it allow astart from 3 (Third) or higher gear.

See Manual Mode 0 189.

Active Rev Match (ManualTransmission)

Vehicles equipped with a manualtransmission have Active Rev Match(ARM). ARM aids in smoothershifting by matching the enginespeed to the next selected gear.The system is normally off. It isactivated and deactivated bypressing either of the paddlesmarked REV MATCH on thesteering wheel. See Active RevMatch 0 193.

1–4 Shift Message (ManualTransmission)

On vehicles with a manualtransmission, when this DICmessage is displayed, thetransmission can only shift from1 (First) to 4 (Fourth).

For more information about shiftingfor the best fuel economy, seeManual Transmission 0 192.


In Brief 19

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

1 : Press to turn cruise control onor off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET/– : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 207.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.


20 In Brief

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press o to openapplication menus on the left. Pressp to open interaction menus on theright.

SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)0 121.

Curb View CameraIf equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays to aidwith parking and low-speedmaneuvers.

See "Curb View Camera" underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 210.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when the

vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 210.

Power OutletsUse the accessory power outlet toplug in electrical equipment, such asa cell phone or MP3 player.

There are three accessory poweroutlets:

. Inside the center consolestorage compartment.

. In front of the cupholder.

. In the rear compartment.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

See Power Outlets 0 101.

Universal Remote System

This system, if equipped, provides away to replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist you withprogramming the Universal Remotesystem.


In Brief 21

See Universal Remote System0 135.

Roof PanelIf equipped with a removable roofpanel, there are three releasehandles. Two are at the front of theroof panel and one is at the rear ofthe roof panel. See “Removing theRoof Panel” under Roof Panel 0 48.

Help may be needed to remove theroof panel. Always store the roofpanel properly in the rear storagecompartment.

For more information:

. See “Storing the Roof Panel”under Roof Panel 0 48.

. See “Installing the Roof Panel”under Roof Panel 0 48.

ConvertibleIf equipped, the convertible top canbe automatically opened andclosed. For step-by-stepinstructions, see Convertible Top0 52.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) is a computercontrolled system that helps thedriver maintain directional control ofthe vehicle in difficult drivingconditions. This is accomplished byselectively applying any one of thevehicle’s brakes. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

. To turn off TCS, press andrelease g on the center console.i illuminates in the instrumentcluster.

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak/ESC, press and holdg, until the Traction Off light iand the StabiliTrak/ESC OFFlight g illuminate in theinstrument cluster.

. Press and release g again toturn on both systems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 198.

The vehicle has Driver ModeControl and may have CompetitiveDriving Mode.See Driver Mode Control 0 200 andCompetitive Driving Mode 0 203.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).


22 In Brief

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 175. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 275.

Performance VehicleFeaturesChecking Engine Oil

Your vehicle may have a highperformance dry sump lubricationsystem. This system operatesdifferently than a standard enginelubrication system. See Engine Oil0 232.

Check the oil level only after theengine has been thoroughly warmedup and then check between five and10 minutes of shutoff. This ensuresthat the oil level reading obtainedwill be accurate.

Brake Noise

Under certain weather or operatingconditions, occasional brake squealmay be heard with the vehicle'sperformance braking system. Thisbrake system is designed forsuperior fade resistance andconsistent operation using highperformance brake pads. Brakesqueal is normal and does not affectsystem performance.

Tire Chatter/Hop

When driving at slow speeds and invery tight turns, the vehicle mayhave tire chatter/hop. This conditionis normal and the vehicle does notrequire service.

Road Imperfections/Crown Effects

The vehicle's precise steering andhandling make it very responsive toroad surface feedback. A slight pullmay be felt in the steeringdepending on the crown of the roadand/or other road surface variationssuch as troughs or ruts. This isnormal and the vehicle does notrequire service.

Fuel (LT1 6.2L V8 Engine)


In Brief 23

Premium Recommended

Use premium 93 octane — (R+M)/2— unleaded gasoline in yourvehicle. TOP TIER DetergentGasoline is recommended.Unleaded gasoline with an octanerating as low as 87 may be used,but it will reduce performance andfuel economy.See Recommended Fuel (LT1 6.2LV8 Engine) 0 212 or RecommendedFuel (LT4 and LT5 6.2LSupercharged V8 Engines) 0 213.

Fuel (LT4 and LT5 6.2LSuperchargedV8 Engines)

Premium Required

Use premium 93 octane — (R+M)/2— unleaded gasoline in yourvehicle. TOP TIER Detergent

Gasoline is recommended.Unleaded gasoline with a 91 octanerating may be used, but it willreduce performance and fueleconomy.See Recommended Fuel (LT1 6.2LV8 Engine) 0 212 or RecommendedFuel (LT4 and LT5 6.2LSupercharged V8 Engines) 0 213.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays a Driver Information

Center (DIC) message when it isnecessary to change the engine oiland filter. The oil life system shouldbe reset to 100% only following anoil change.

Dry Sump Engine Break-In OilChange

If equipped with a dry sump engine,the initial oil and filter change mustbe performed at 800 km/500 mi.Follow the engine oil life system forevery oil change thereafter.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Scroll through the DIC InfoPages menu until theREMAINING OIL LIFEpercentage is displayed. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 121.

2. Press and hold SEL on the DICwhile the Oil Life display isactive. The oil life will changeto 100%.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 237.


24 In Brief

Car Wash Guidelines

Caution

Some automatic car washes cancause damage to the vehicle,wheels, or convertible top,if equipped. Automatic carwashes are not recommended,due to lack of clearance for theundercarriage and/or wide reartires and wheels. See "Washingthe Vehicle" under Exterior Care0 300

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible:

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn themoff when not required.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Select Eco Mode for improvedfuel economy. This will result inbetter Active Fuel Managementoperation. See Active FuelManagement (Except ZR1/LT5)0 185.

. For recommended shift speeds,see Manual Transmission 0 192.

Premium Fuel

Use the recommended fuel.See Recommended Fuel (LT1 6.2LV8 Engine) 0 212 or RecommendedFuel (LT4 and LT5 6.2LSupercharged V8 Engines) 0 213.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-800-243-8872

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New Chevrolet owners areautomatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance Program.

See Roadside Assistance Program0 334.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 33Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 37Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

DoorsHatch (Trunk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 41Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 43

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 45Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 45Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 45Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

RoofRoof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The key inside the RKE transmittercan be used to open the vehicle andhatch/trunk if power to the vehicle islost. See Hatch (Trunk) 0 38.


Press the button near the bottom ofthe RKE transmitter to remove thekey. Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

This vehicle has a Keyless Accesssystem with pushbutton start. SeeIgnition Positions 0 180 forinformation on starting the vehicle.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

If locked out of the vehicle, contactRoadside Assistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 334.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisormay remotely unlock the vehicle.See OnStar Overview 0 344.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 340.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.



Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” later in thissection.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 26.


Q : Press to lock both doors andthe fuel door. The turn signalindicators may flash and/or the hornmay sound on the second press toindicate locking. See “Remote Lock,Unlock, Start” under VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed and Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled throughvehicle personalization, all doors willlock and then the driver door willimmediately unlock. See “UnlockedDoor Anti-Lockout” under Vehicle

Personalization 0 128. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, both doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 41.

K : Press to unlock the driver doorand the fuel door. Press again withinfive seconds to unlock both doors.When remotely unlocking thevehicle at night, the headlamps andback-up lamps will come on forabout 30 seconds to light yourapproach to the vehicle. The turnsignal indicators may flash toindicate unlocking.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 41.

/ : If equipped, press and releaseQ and then immediately press andhold/ for at least four seconds tostart the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33.



L : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. The exterior lampsflash and the horn chirps threetimes. Press and holdL forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signal lamps flash for30 seconds, or untilL is pressedagain or the vehicle is started.

M : Press and hold to release thehatch/trunk. If the engine is running,the shift lever must be in P (Park)for an automatic transmission. For amanual transmission, the shift levermust be in Neutral with the parkingbrake set.

M : If equipped, press andrelease K, then immediately press

and holdM continuously to openthe convertible top all the way. Thevehicle must be off to operate theconvertible top. Release the buttonto stop movement. This button willonly open the convertible top.

Convertible Top. Do not try to start the vehicle

while using the RKE transmitterto open the convertible top.Release both the RKEtransmitter button and ENGINESTART/STOP and wait a fewseconds before starting thevehicle normally.

. The passive door unlock featuremay not operate properly whileusing the RKE transmitter toopen the convertible top.

Keyless Access Operation

This vehicle has the KeylessAccess system that lets you unlockand unlatch the doors and accessthe trunk without removing the RKEtransmitter from your pocket, purse,briefcase, etc. The RKE transmittermust be within 1 m (3 ft) of the trunkor door being opened. There will bea touch pad on the inside of thedoor handles.

The Keyless Access system can beprogrammed to unlock both doorson the first door handle sensorpress from the driver door. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 128.

If equipped with memory seats, RKEtransmitters 1 and 2 are linked toseating positions of memory 1 or 2.See Memory Seats 0 60.

Keyless Unlocking

Press the door handle sensor tounlock and open the doors if theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).Pull the door handle to unlatch thedoor. See Door Locks 0 34 and“Passive Door Unlock” underVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Passive Locking

Keyless Access will lock severalseconds after all doors are closed ifthe vehicle is off and at least onetransmitter has been removed ornone remain in the vehicle.

The fuel door will also lock.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKE



transmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize whether the doorsautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Passive Door Lock”under Vehicle Personalization0 128.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,Start” under Vehicle Personalization0 128.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after both doors are closed.To turn on or off, see “Remote Leftin Vehicle Alert” under VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on, with a dooropen, and then all doors are closed,the vehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay NO REMOTE DETECTEDand the horn will chirp three times.This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven. To turn on or off,see Vehicle Personalization 0 128.

Keyless Trunk Opening

Press the hatch/trunk release touchpad to open the trunk if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters no



longer work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters programmedto it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters.

1. The vehicle must be off andboth the recognized and newtransmitters must be with you.

2. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the cupholder.

3. Insert the vehicle key of thenew transmitter into the keycylinder above the licenseplate.

4. Open the hatch/trunk.

5. Turn the key five times within10 seconds.

6. The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE # 3 or 4, up to 8.

7. Place the new transmitter inthe steering column transmitterpocket with the buttons facingup and the bottom of thetransmitter facing thepassenger side.

8. Press ENGINE START/STOP.

9. The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE # 4 or 5, up to 8.

10. Press K on each newlyprogrammed transmitter tocomplete the process.

11. To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 7–10. Press and hold ENGINESTART/STOP for 12 seconds ifprogramming is complete.

12. Return the key back into theRKE transmitter.

Programming without TwoRecognized Transmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all transmitters tobe programmed must be present.

1. The vehicle must be off.

2. Remove the key from the newtransmitter and insert thevehicle key into the keycylinder above the licenseplate.

3. Open the hatch/trunk.

4. Turn the key five times within10 seconds.



The DIC displays REMOTELEARN PENDINGPLEASE WAIT.

5. Put the key back into the RKEtransmitter.

6. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARN,then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC reads REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

7. Repeat Step 6 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps. The DIC displayshould now show READY FORREMOTE #1.

8. Place the new transmitter inthe steering column transmitterpocket with the buttons facingup and the bottom of thetransmitter facing thepassenger side.

9. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC display willshow that it is ready to programthe new transmitter.

10. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress Q or K on thetransmitter.

11. To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 8–10. When all additionaltransmitters are programmed,press and hold ENGINESTART/STOP forapproximately 12 seconds toexit programming mode.

12. Return the key back into theRKE transmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET, THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE when youtry to start the vehicle.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.



To start the vehicle:

1. Place the transmitter in thesteering column transmitterpocket with the buttons facingup and the bottom of thetransmitter facing thepassenger side.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and ENGINESTART/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Replace the battery if the DICdisplays REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.

1. Press the button near thebottom of the transmitter andpull the key out.

2. Use the oval base of the keyblade to separate the twohalves of the transmitter.



3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Align the key release buttonand snap the transmitter backtogether.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, this feature allows theengine to be started from outsidethe vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear windowdefogger may come on duringremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear defog indicatorlight does not come on during aremote start. See “Auto Rear Defog”in Vehicle Personalization 0 128.

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, mayturn on automatically. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 65.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

If the vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

The RKE transmitter range may beless while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 26.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash. Thelamps flash to confirm therequest to remote start thevehicle has been received.

During the remote start, thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after15 minutes unless a timeextension is done.

3. To drive, have the RKEtransmitter in the vehicle, pressthe brake pedal, and then startthe vehicle.



Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 15 minutes,if during the first 15 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 30 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once per ignition cycle.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

After two remote starts, or a remotestart with an extension, the ignitionmust be turned on and then offbefore the remote start procedurecan be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The ignition is in any mode otherthan off.

. The RKE transmitter is in thevehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or aremote start with an extension,have already been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can suffer

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

permanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock from the outside,press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

1. Door Handle Sensor2. Power Door Lock Switch3. Door Latch Button

For Keyless Access, hold the RKEtransmitter within 1 m (3 ft) of thedoor handle. Grip and press thedoor handle sensor (1) to open. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27. When thepassenger door is opened first, thedriver door will also unlock. Toprogram this feature, see VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

To lock or unlock from the inside,use the power door lock switch (2).See Power Door Locks 0 36.

To open a door from the inside,press the door latch button (3).

Loss of Vehicle Electrical Power

If the vehicle has lost battery power,open the doors manually.

From Inside the Vehicle

Pull the driver door release handle.



Pull the passenger door releasehandle.

From Outside the Vehicle

Use the key to open the hatch/trunk.See Keys 0 25.

Pull the manual door releasehandle.

Power Door Locks

Driver Door



Passenger Door

To lock or unlock the doors and fueldoor from inside the vehicle, pressQ or K on a power door lockswitch. The indicator light in theswitch will illuminate when the dooris locked.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch with the door open,a chime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again, or press Q on the RKEtransmitter, to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park) for automatictransmissions, or when vehiclespeed becomes faster than 13 km/h(8 mph) for manual transmissions.

If a vehicle door is unlocked andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot isremoved from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a power door lockswitch.

. For an automatic transmission,shift into P (Park).

. For a manual transmission, turnthe vehicle off when parked.

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.



Lockout ProtectionIf the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power doorlock switch is pressed with thedriver door open, all the doors willlock and only the driver door willunlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andthe driver door will remain open.Press the button again to lock thedriver door. The Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout feature can be turnedon or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

Doors

Hatch (Trunk)

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, hatch/trunk open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thehatch/trunk or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or hatch/trunk open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

and set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 186.

Hatch/Trunk Release

For automatic transmissions, thevehicle must be in P (Park).

For manual transmissions, thevehicle must be off or stationarywith the parking brake set. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 195.

{ Warning

When opening or closing thehatch/trunk, keep hands awayfrom the closure area. You orothers could be injured.

{ Warning

The ZR1 has a small amount ofspace between the hatch/trunk lidand the rear adjustableperformance wing. To help avoidpotential injury from pinching, useone hand to raise the hatch/trunklid enough to clear the wing, anduse the other hand to fully openthe hatch/trunk lid.

To release the hatch/trunk:

. Press}.

. Press and holdM on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System 0 26.



. Press the hatch/trunk releasetouch pad with the RKEtransmitter within range or usethe key in the key cylinder. SeeKeys 0 25.

Hatch/Trunk Closing

Caution

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in the rear storagecompartments located in thehatch/trunk area. The objectscould damage the underside ofthe hatch/trunk.

Use the pull cup to close the hatch/trunk with light force until the powerlatch feature activates. The hatch/trunk will close the rest of the wayand latch automatically.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle (Convertible)

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe rear wall of the storagecompartment. This handle will glow



following exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the trunkfrom the inside.

After use, return to the storedposition.

Emergency Door Open Lever

ZR1 Shown, Other Models Similar

In the case of a dead battery:

1. Use the key to open the hatch/trunk.

2. Pull the lever to unlock thedoors.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the hatch/trunkis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time will



bypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated ifthe passenger door, the hatch/trunk,or the hood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated,do one of the following:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand both doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the transmitterand the horn chirps and the lightsflash three times, a previous alarmoccurred while the system wasarmed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.

Inclination Sensor andIntrusion Sensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem may also have an inclinationsensor and intrusion sensor.

The inclination sensor can set offthe alarm if it senses movement ofthe vehicle, such as a change invehicle orientation.

The intrusion sensor monitors thevehicle interior, and can activate thealarm if it senses unauthorized entryinto the vehicle’s interior. Do notallow passengers or pets to remainin the vehicle when the intrusionsensor is activated.



Before arming the theft-deterrentsystem and activating the intrusionsensor:

. Make sure both doors andwindows are completely closed.

. Secure any loose items such assunshades.

. Make sure there are noobstructions blocking thesensors.

Intrusion and InclinationSensors Disable Switch

It is recommended that the intrusionand inclination sensors bedeactivated if pets are left in thevehicle or if the vehicle is beingtransported.

When the roof panel is off, or theconvertible top is down, theintrusion system is turned off.

With the vehicle turned off, pressdto the right of the hatch/trunkrelease button. The indicator lightwill come on momentarily, indicating

that these sensors have beendisabled until the next time thealarm system is armed.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 340.

Immobilizer OperationThe vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The security light comes on in theinstrument cluster if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system. This lightalso comes on briefly when theengine is started.

The system is automatically armedwhen the ignition is turned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition is turnedon or placed in ACC/ACCESSORYand a valid transmitter is found inthe vehicle.

You do not have to manually arm ordisarm the system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters that are matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter starts the vehicle.The vehicle may not start if the RKEtransmitter is damaged.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light comes on, there maybe a problem with the immobilizersystem. Press ENGINE START/STOP again.

If the vehicle does not start and theRKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another RKEtransmitter. Or, place the transmitterin the transmitter pocket. Check thefuse. See Fuses 0 258. If the enginestill does not start with the othertransmitter, or with the transmitter inthe transmitter pocket, the vehicle



needs service. If the engine doesstart, the first transmitter may befaulty. See your dealer or have anew RKE transmitter programmed tothe vehicle.

The immobilizer system can learnnew or replacement RKEtransmitters. Up to eight RKEtransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press L (Left) or R (Right) toselect a mirror.

2. Press the control pad to adjustthe mirror.

3. Return the switch to the centerto deselect the mirror.

If the vehicle has the memoryfeature, a preferred mirror positioncan be stored. See Memory Seats0 60.



Folding MirrorsTo fold, pull the mirror toward thevehicle. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

Heated Mirrors1 : Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 151.

Automatic DimmingMirrorIf equipped, the driver side mirrorautomatically adjusts for the glare ofheadlamps from behind.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

If equipped with OnStar, there arethree buttons at the bottom of themirror. See OnStar Overview 0 344.

To avoid accidental OnStar calls,clean the mirror with the ignition off.Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorPush the tab forward for daytimeuse and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.



Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 25.



Power windows work when thevehicle is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) is active.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 183.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express open thewindow.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress close the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversalsystem override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle's battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow will not express close,program each express-closewindow:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Window Operation withConvertible Top

Windows automatically lower fullywhen the convertible top is loweredor raised. See Convertible Top 0 52.



Window Indexing

If the window freezes to the door:

1. Push the top of the windowinward while opening the door.

2. Clear all snow and ice from thedoor and glass.

3. Open the window completelyand then close it.

4. Close the door.

When fully closed, indexingautomatically lowers the window asmall amount when the door isopened. When the door is closed,the window will raise to its previousposition. If either window does notindex properly, it could be due toloss of power. Before seeing yourdealer for service, program thepower windows.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow and, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Caution

Close the vanity mirror coverbefore closing the convertible top,otherwise damage may occur.

Roof

Roof PanelIf equipped with a removable roofpanel, use the following proceduresto remove or install it.

Caution

If a roof panel is dropped orrested on its edges, the roofpanel, paint, and/orweatherstripping may bedamaged. Always place the roofpanel in the stowage receiversafter removing it from the vehicle.

Caution

Use care when storing andremoving the roof panel. The roofpanel pins and vehicle finishcould be damaged if they contactthe rear adjustable performancewing, if equipped.



Removing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

Do not remove a roof panel whilethe vehicle is moving. The panelcould fall into the vehicle andstrike an occupant and cause youto lose control. It could also fly offand strike another vehicle.Remove the roof panel only whenthe vehicle is parked.

It may be necessary to have helpremoving the roof panel.

To remove:

1. Shift an automatic transmissioninto P (Park) or a manualtransmission into 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

2. Turn the ignition off and set theparking brake.

3. Lower both sun visors.

4. Open the rear hatch/trunk andremove any items that mayinterfere with proper storage ofthe roof panel.

5. Lower the windows.

There are two release handleson the front and one releasehandle on the rear of the roofpanel.

6. To unlock the front releasehandles, pull them outward,turning fully.

7. Press the button on the front ofthe rear release handle tounlock it. The latch leverwill open.

8. Stand on one side of thevehicle, and if necessary, havesomeone stand on the otherside. Together, carefully lift thefront edge of the roof panel upand forward. Avoid droppingthe rear edge downward.

9. When the roof panel is loose,grasp it as close to the centeras possible and lift it away fromthe vehicle.



Storing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

If a roof panel is not storedproperly, it could be thrown aboutthe vehicle in a crash or suddenmaneuver. People in the vehiclecould be injured. Always use thestowage receivers.

Caution

Dirt, dust, or other contaminantson the removable roof panel orcargo shade could cause damageto the finish of the roof panel if itis stored under the shade.Remove the cargo shade whenstoring the roof in the rearcompartment.

1. Turn the roof panel so that thefront edge of the panel is facingthe front of the vehicle.

2. Insert the front of the roof panelso that the indents lay on top ofthe receivers.

3. Line up the rear roof panel pinsso that they drop into thereceivers on the back of thestorage area.

4. Press down firmly to seat thepins in the rear receivers.

Installing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

An improperly attached roof panelmay fall into or fly off the vehicle.You or others could be injured.After installing the roof panel,always check that it is firmlyattached by pushing up on theunderside of the panel. Checknow and then to be sure the roofpanel is firmly in place.

Caution

Installing the roof with the releasehandles in the closed positioncould cause damage to the

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

interior trim. Always movehandles to the open positionwhen installing the roof.

It is easier if two people install theroof panel.

To install:

1. Shift an automatic transmissioninto P (Park). Shift a manualtransmission into 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

2. Turn the ignition off and set theparking brake.

3. To remove the roof panel, pullup on the rear edge andremove it from thestorage area.

4. Carefully place the roof panelover the top of the vehicle.

5. Position the rear edge of theroof panel next to theweatherstrip on the back of theroof opening. Then align and fitthe pins at the rear of the roofpanel inside the openings inthe rear overhead weatherstrip.Gently lower the front edge ofthe roof panel to the front of theroof opening.

6. Check that theweatherstripping on each sideof the roof panel is under thepanel.

7. Make sure the front releasehandles are in the full openposition.

8. Push the roof firmly downwardto engage the pins.

9. Turn the front release handlesinward so that they fully latchto the closed position. It iscritical that the handles fullylatch.

10. Push back and up on the rearrelease handle to insert thehook in the loop.

11. Push and pull the roof panel upand down and side to side toensure the roof panel issecurely installed.



Maintaining the Roof Panel

Caution

Using glass cleaner on a paintedroof panel could damage thepanel. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Do not use glass cleaner on thepainted roof panel.

When cleaning, removing, and/orstoring the roof panel:

. Flush with water to remove dustand dirt, then dry the panel.

. Do not use abrasive cleaningmaterials on the panel.

Convertible TopIf equipped with a convertible top,review the following beforeoperating:

{ Warning

While opening or closing theconvertible top, people can beinjured by the moving parts of thetonneau cover or convertible top.Maintain visual contact with thetop while it is being operated.

Caution

Follow these guidelines whenoperating the convertible top ordamage can occur:

. Remove all items from theroof, trunk lid, or tonneaucover before operating.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Remove all objects from thetrunk that may contact theconvertible top when it isoperated.

. Do not leave the vehiclewith the convertibletop open.

. Do not exceed 50 km/h(31 mph) until the top hascompletely closed oropened.

. Do not open or close the topwhile driving in high windconditions.

. Do not operate theconvertible top multipletimes in a short period oftime without starting theengine to avoid draining thevehicle battery.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

. Do not open or store theconvertible top when it isdirty or wet. This couldresult in stains, mildew,or other damage.

. Only store the vehicle withthe top fully closed.

Opening the Convertible Top —Instrument Panel Switch

1. Remove all objects from thetop of the tonneau cover andforward of the partition. Placethe partition in the rear storagearea in the upright position.Fasten both sides of thepartition to the posts just belowthe tonneau cover. See RearStorage 0 95.

2. Close the trunk.

3. Start the vehicle or place it inACC/ACCESSORY.

4. When possible, operate theconvertible top when thevehicle is stopped. The top can

be operated while drivingbelow 50 km/h (31 mph) andwill stop if that speed isexceeded. The top operationwill take approximately25 seconds. Make sure the topoperation can be completedbefore that speed is reached.

5. Press and hold the bottom ofM. The windows willautomatically lower.

6. After the convertible top iscompletely open, a chimesounds and a DIC messagedisplays. Release the switch.

If the radio is on, the sound may bemuted for a brief time due to a newaudio system equalization beingloaded.

Opening the Convertible Top —RKE Transmitter

1. Make sure the vehicle is off.

2. The trunk partition mustalready be in place and thetrunk closed. See Rear Storage0 95.

3. Keep visual contact with thevehicle. Press and release Kon the RKE transmitter andthen quickly press andholdM.

4. HoldM until the top iscompletely opened and theexterior lamps flash. A chimewill sound.

If the top stops before it hascompletely opened, press K and

then pressM again.



If the top still stops opening try thefollowing:

. Move closer to the vehicle.

. HoldM until the operation iscomplete.

. Interference from other RKEtransmitters or devices mayinterrupt the operation. Press Kand thenM again. If the topstill does not open, use theconvertible switch in the vehicle.

The convertible top cannot beclosed using the RKE transmitter.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27.

Closing the Convertible Top

1. Make sure the sun visor mirrorcovers are closed and the sunvisors are stored in the centermount position.

2. Remove all objects from thetop of the tonneau cover andforward of the partition. Placethe partition in the rear storagearea in the upright position.Fasten both sides of thepartition to the posts just belowthe tonneau cover. See RearStorage 0 95.

3. Close the trunk.

4. Start the vehicle or place it inACC/ACCESSORY.

5. When possible, operate theconvertible top when thevehicle is stopped. The top canbe operated while drivingbelow 50 km/h (31 mph) andwill stop if that speed isexceeded. The top operationwill take approximately25 seconds. Make sure the topoperation can be completedbefore that speed is reached.

6. Press and hold the top ofM.The windows will automaticallylower.

7. After the convertible top iscompletely closed, a chimesounds and a DIC messagedisplays. Release the switch.Raise the windows if needed.

If the radio is on, the sound may bemuted for a brief time due to a newaudio system equalization beingloaded.



Troubleshooting

Check the following if theconvertible top switchM is notoperating:

. The ignition should be on or inACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) shouldbe active.

. The trunk lid should be closedand the trunk partition in place.A DIC message will display.

. If the ONLY MANUALOPERATION OF TOPPOSSIBLE message isdisplayed on the DIC, see“Manual Movement of Top” laterin this section.

. At cooler outside temperatures,the convertible top may notopen. It is possible to close thetop down to temperatures ofabout −20 °C (−4 °F). A DICmessage will display if the topwill not open due to lowtemperature. If necessary, movethe vehicle to a heated indoorarea to operate the top.

. If the top has recently beencycled repeatedly or left in anintermediate state, it will betemporarily disabled. A DICmessage displays. Normaloperation will be restored within10 minutes after the system hascooled.

. If the vehicle battery is low, thepower top operation may bedisabled. Try to start the vehicle.A DIC message displays.

. If the battery has recently beenreconnected or if the vehicle hasbeen jump started, the top maynot operate until the powerwindows have been indexed.Complete the power windowindexing procedure. See PowerWindows 0 46.

Other features may be affectedwhile operating the convertible top:

. The trunk can only be openedwith the key until the convertibletop is completely opened orclosed.

. Do not try to start the vehiclewhile opening the top with theRKE transmitter. A DIC messagemay display. Release bothbuttons and wait a few secondsbefore starting the vehiclenormally.

. The passive door unlock featuremay not operate properly whileusing the RKE transmitter toopen the convertible top.

. The windows cannot close whilethe top is moving.

. When driving with the top notfully secured, chimes can beheard above 80 km/h (50 mph).

If the vehicle battery has beendisconnected and reconnected, thefuses were pulled or replaced, or ajump start was performed, the TOPNOT SECURE message maydisplay. Press and holdM on theRKE transmitter or on theinstrument panel to open/close thetop until this message is cleared.



Partial Top Cycling

If the convertible top operation isstopped before completion, the topwill temporarily hold its position.If the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, the top will be heldfor up to five minutes. If the vehicleis moving or off, the amount of timewill vary from a few seconds toabout a minute.

Beeps and DIC messages will bedisplayed before the top will move.When this occurs, immediately finishthe convertible top operation bypressingM on the RKEtransmitter or on the instrumentpanel again until it completes.

If the top cannot be secured, keepclear of the top components. Insome conditions the top may movequickly.

Do not drive with the convertible topin an unsecured position. The topcomponents may moveunexpectedly. In some cases thetop may not be able to be poweroperated. If this occurs, follow theDIC messages displayed.

If the tonneau cover is not securedand latched, and the vehicle ismoving above 10 km/h (6 mph), thetonneau cover may automaticallymove to a stable position.

Manual Movement of Top

If the DIC displays the ONLYMANUAL OPERATION OF TOPPOSSIBLE message:

1. PressM to either open orclose the top. Press the switchin the opposite direction if onedoes not work.

2. If the top moves, continuepressing the switch in thatdirection for at leastfive seconds. The top shouldthen work normally.

If the top does not respond in eitherdirection, use the followingprocedure to manually adjust theconvertible top and tonneau cover ifthey are retracted but not latched.This requires more than one person.

1. On each side of the tonneaucover, lift and pivot rearwardinto the fully open position.



2. Lift and pivot the convertibletop rearward into the fullystowed position.

If the convertible top does notoperate after this adjustment, closethe tonneau cover and take it toyour dealer for service.

Cleaning the Convertible Top

The convertible top should becleaned often. Do not usehigh-pressure car washes as thesemay cause water to enter thevehicle.

Hand wash the convertible top inpartial shade. Use mild soap,lukewarm water, and a soft sponge.A chamois or cloth may leave lint onthe top, and a brush can chafe thethreads in the top fabric. Do not usedetergents, harsh cleaners,solvents, or bleaching agents.

Wet the entire top and let the soapremain on the fabric for a fewminutes. Wash evenly to avoidspots or rings. When the top is verydirty, use a mild foam-type cleaner.Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle,then let the top dry in direct sunlight.

To protect the convertible top:

. Make sure the convertible top iscompletely dry before lowering it.

. Do not get any cleaner on thevehicle's painted finish; it couldleave streaks.


58 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Front SeatsPower Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 59Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 60Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 72Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 75When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Passenger Sensing System . . . 79Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 83

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 84Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Infants and Young Children . . . . 86Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 89Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 90

Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . 91

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front seats have headrestraints in the outboard seatingpositions that cannot be adjusted.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.


Seats and Restraints 59

Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 60.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 60.

Seat Travel Limit

If a seat is moved all the way to therear and/or the seatback is reclinedso that it makes contact with thecarpet, all rearward seat movementwill stop. Normal operation of theseat will resume when the seatbackis no longer in contact with thecarpet. This is normal.

If a seat is folded forward, allrearward or downward seatmovement will stop. Normaloperation will resume when the seatis returned to an upright position.



Lumbar Adjustment

To adjust the lumbar and bolstersupport (if equipped):

. Press and hold the controlforward to increase or rearwardto decrease lumbar support.

. If equipped, press and hold thecontrol upward to increase ordownward to decrease the sidebolster support.

Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Memory Seats



If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall theirunique seat positions for driving thevehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also besaved, such as power mirrors andpower steering wheel, if equipped.Memory positions are linked to RKEtransmitter 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn theignition on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.Then immediately press and hold 1,2, orB (Exit) until two beepssound. To manually recall thesepositions, press and hold 1, 2, orBuntil the saved position is reached.Follow the instructions under“Saving Memory Positions.”

The vehicle identifies the currentdriver’s RKE transmitter number (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 27. OnlyRKE transmitters 1 and 2 can beused for automatic memory recalls.A Driver Information Center (DIC)

welcome message indicating thetransmitter number may display forthe first few ignition cycles followinga transmitter change. For AutoMemory Recall to work properly,save the positions to the memorybutton (1 or 2) matching the RKEtransmitter number displayed in theDIC welcome message. Carry thelinked RKE transmitter whenentering the vehicle.

Memory adjustments may not beavailable upon delivery or afterservice until steps in “SavingMemory Positions” section areperformed.

Vehicle Personalization Settings

. To have the Auto Memory Recallmovement begin when thevehicle is started, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Comfort and Convenience,and then Auto Memory Recall.Select On or Off. See “AutoMemory Recall” later in thissection.

. To begin Easy Exit Recallmovement when the ignition isturned off and the driver door isopened, or when the ignition isturned off with the driver dooralready opened, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Comfort and Convenience,and then Easy Exit Options.Select On or Off. See “Easy ExitRecall” later in this section.

. See Vehicle Personalization0 128 for additional settinginformation.

Identifying Driver Number

To identify the driver number:

1. Start the vehicle with a differentkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the drivernumber; 1 or 2. Turn theignition off and remove the keyor RKE transmitter from thevehicle.

2. Start the vehicle with the initialkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the otherdriver number not shown inStep 1.



Saving Memory Positions

Read these instructions completelybefore saving memory positions.

To save preferred driving positions1 and 2:


A DIC welcome message mayindicate driver number 1 or 2.

2. Adjust all available memoryfeatures to the desired drivingposition.

3. Press and release SET; a beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold the1 or 2 memory button matchingthe above DIC welcomemessage until two beepssound.

If too much time passesbetween releasing SET andpressing 1, the memoryposition will not be saved andtwo beeps will not sound.Repeat Steps 3 and 4.

1 or 2 corresponds to the drivernumber. See “Identifying DriverNumber” previously in thissection.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 1 or 2.

To save the position forB andeasy exit features, repeat Steps 1–4usingB. This saves the positionfor getting out of the vehicle.

Save preferred memory featurepositions to both 1 and 2 if you arethe only driver.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB to recallthe previously saved memorypositions.

To stop Manual Memory Recallmovement, release 1, 2, orB orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET

. Power mirror, with the driver orpassenger side mirror selected

. Power steering wheel,if equipped

Auto Memory Recall

The vehicle identifies the number ofthe current driver’s RKE transmitter(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 27. If theRKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and AutoMemory Recall is programmed on invehicle personalization, thepositions saved to the samememory button number 1 or 2 areautomatically recalled when theignition is turned on, or turned fromoff to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKEtransmitters 3–8 will not provideautomatic memory recalls.

To turn Auto Memory Recall on oroff, see "Vehicle PersonalizationSettings" previously in this sectionand Vehicle Personalization 0 128.

For vehicles equipped with anautomatic transmission, thetransmission must be in P (Park) tostart Auto Memory Recall. AutoMemory Recall will complete if the



vehicle is shifted out of P (Park)prior to reaching the stored memoryposition.

For vehicles equipped with amanual transmission, the parkingbrake must be set to start AutoMemory Recall. Auto MemoryRecall will complete if the parkingbrake is released prior to reachingthe stored memory position.

To stop Auto Memory Recallmovement, turn the ignition off orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



If the saved memory seat positiondoes not automatically recall orrecalls to the wrong positions, thedriver’s RKE transmitter number (1or 2) may not match the memorybutton number that positions were

saved to. Try saving the position tothe other memory button or try theother RKE transmitter.

Easy Exit Recall

Easy Exit Recall is not linked to anRKE transmitter. The position savedtoB is used for all drivers. To turnEasy Exit Recall on or off, see"Vehicle Personalization Settings"previously in this section andVehicle Personalization 0 128.

If turned on, the position saved toB is automatically recalled whenone of the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop Easy Exit Recall movement,press any of the following memorycontrols:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



Seat Travel Limit

Memory recalls may not beperformed if the seatback is foldedforward or positioned rearward incontact with the carpet. Move theseat and/or seatback away from thecarpet until memory recall functionis available.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power steering wheelwhile recalling a memory position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction and try the recall again.If the memory position still does notrecall, see your dealer for service.



Seatback Latches

If equipped, lift the latch to fold aseatback forward.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To return a seatback to the sittingposition, push the seatbackrearward. Push and pull on theseatback to make sure it is locked inplace.

{ Warning

When returning the seatbackupright, make sure the seat belt isrouted properly and is not caughtbehind the seatback latch. Youcould be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearing theseat belt properly. See How toWear Seat Belts Properly 0 67.

In some vehicles, when theseatback is folded forward, somepower seat adjustments may not be



available.See Power Seat Adjustment 0 59and Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

Driver and Redundant PassengerControls

If equipped, the driver buttons areon the center stack. To operate, theignition must be on.

Press C or M on the left side of theclimate control panel to ventilate orheat the driver seat. A ventilatedseat has a fan that pulls or pushesair through the seat. The air is notcooled.

Passenger Controls

The passenger buttons are also onthe right side of the instrumentpanel under the air vent. Press L or{ to heat or ventilate the passengerseat. The driver can also turn on oroff the passenger heated andventilated seats using the buttonson the right side of the climatecontrol panel.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsshow three for the highest setting



and one for the lowest. If the heatedseats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start (if equipped),the heated or ventilated seats canbe turned on automatically. When itis cold outside, the heated seatsturn on, and when it is hot outsidethe ventilated seats turn on. Theheated or ventilated seats arecanceled when the ignition is turnedon. Press the heated or ventilatedseat button to use the heated orventilated seats after the vehicle isstarted.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalization menu.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33 andVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 111.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts— not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 85 orInfants and Young Children 0 86.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.



It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,

this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder beltto become loose or twisted.



Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.

Always use the seat belt guide toposition the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

GT Seat Shown, CompetitionSport Seat Similar

1. The seat has a seat belt guide.The seat belt guide helpsposition the shoulder belt overthe shoulder and across the



chest of smaller adults and ofolder children who haveoutgrown booster seats. To usethe seat belt guide, slide theedge of the belt webbingthrough the opening on theguide. Be sure the belt is nottwisted. If a child will be ridingin the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 85 or Infants andYoung Children 0 86.

2. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

3. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. See Child RestraintSystems 0 89. If this occurs, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again. If the lockingfeature stays engaged afterletting the belt go back tostowed position on the seat,move the seat rearward orrecline the seat until theshoulder belt retractor lockreleases.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position may

affect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 79.

If the shoulder portion of thedriver belt is pulled out all theway, the shoulder belt retractorlock feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and startagain. If the locking featurestays engaged after letting thebelt go back to stowed positionon the seat, move the seatrearward or recline the seatuntil the shoulder belt retractorlock releases.



4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 72.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 73.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.



Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likely

that the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For moreinformation on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep aseat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in acrash. Torn or frayed seat belts canrip apart under impact forces. If abelt is torn or frayed, have itreplaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible tountwist by reversing the latch plateon the webbing. If the twist cannotbe corrected, ask your dealer tofix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 111.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 73.



Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies and seat belt guidesinspected or replaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 112.



Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbags

are also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 76.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear the seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted airbags.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 85 orInfants and Young Children 0 86.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster whichshows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 112.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of an

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 74.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine the

severity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.



In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break out

of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 75.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 76.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal and seat-mountedside impact airbags inflate, theyquickly deflate, so quickly that somepeople may not even realize theairbags inflated. Some componentsof the airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 75.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.



{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignition

off and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash.See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy 0 342 and Event DataRecorders 0 342.


Seats and Restraints 79. Let only qualified technicians

work on the airbag system.Improper service can mean thatthe airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the instrument panelwhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, or the symbol for on or off, willbe visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 112.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence of

a properly-seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag should beallowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Rear-facing child restraints shouldnot be transported in the vehicle,even if the airbag is off.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint can

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

be seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,the OFF indicator will light and staylit as a reminder that the airbag isoff. See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 112.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbag to beenabled, the ON indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbag is active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly—whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Light 0 112 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag ifthe system determines that an infantis present in a child restraint. If achild restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints 0 91.

Make sure the seat beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a seat beltlock-off. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbag for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the child when arear seat is not available. Never puta rear-facing child restraint in thefront seat, even if the ON indicatoris not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the OFF indicator is lit, it could



be because that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, let

the belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two to three minutesafter the ON indicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag OFF indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,

which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.



{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 339.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:

. Airbag system, including airbagmodules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, or airbag wiring

. Front seats, including stitching,seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrumentpanel, ceiling trim, or pillargarnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag modules and sensors,sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. The



passenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery or trim, or withGM covers, upholstery or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 79.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle’sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 332.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 112.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 75. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 112.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, return to the booster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.



{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.



{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided by

appropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.



Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.



Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 85.



Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle's seat belt,following the instructions thatcame with that child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt. A child can beendangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in a

booklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)Some child restraints have a LATCHsystem. As part of the LATCHsystem, your child restraint mayhave lower attachments and/or a toptether. The LATCH system can helphold the child restraint in placeduring driving or in a crash. Somevehicles have lower and/or toptether anchors designed to secure achild restraint with lowerattachments and/or a top tether.



Some child restraints with a toptether are designed to be usedwhether the top tether is anchoredor not. Other child restraints requirethat the top tether be anchored.A national or local law may requirethat the top tether be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

Your vehicle does not have loweranchors or top tether anchors tosecure a child restraint with theLATCH system. If a national or locallaw requires that your top tether beanchored, do not use a childrestraint in this vehicle because atop tether cannot be properlyanchored. You must use the seatbelts to secure your child restraint inthis vehicle, unless a national orlocal law requires that the top tetherbe anchored. Refer to the childrestraint instructions andinstructions in this manual forsecuring a child restraint using thevehicle's seat belts. See SecuringChild Restraints 0 91.

Securing Child RestraintsThis vehicle has airbags. Inaddition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagunder certain conditions.See Passenger Sensing System0 79 and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 112 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facing

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

child restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. Noone can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under someunusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 79 for additional information.



Rear-facing child restraints shouldnot be installed in the vehicle, evenif the airbag is off.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the OFF indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 112.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

Remove the seat belt from theguide by sliding the webbingthrough the opening on theguide. Do not secure the childrestraint with the seat beltrouted through the guide.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle’s seat beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.



5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbag is off, the OFF indicatorin the passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit, see “Ifthe On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint ” under PassengerSensing System 0 79.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.

If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

Return the seat belt into the guideby sliding the webbing through theopening on the guide.


94 Storage

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 94Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 94Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 96

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Press Q SCREEN and hold to openand access the storage behind it.

There is a USB port in the upper leftcorner. See “Audio Players” in theinfotainment manual.

Press and hold SCREEN R toclose.

The storage area cannot beoperated when Valet Mode,if equipped, is enabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

Keep the storage area closed whennot in use.

Glove Box


Storage 95

To open, press the button.If equipped, the glove box lockswhen Valet Mode is enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Cupholders

Press the top of the cover to accessthe cupholders. There is aremovable divider.

Rear Storage

Caution

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in the rear storagecompartments located in thehatch/trunk area. The objectscould damage the underside ofthe hatch/trunk.

Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar

There is storage on the driver sidein the floor of the hatch/trunk area.Pull up to open the cover.

Rear Trunk Partition

If equipped with a convertible top,there is a trunk partition to keepcargo from getting in the way of theconvertible top. The trunk partitionmust be in place for the convertibletop to move. If the trunk partition isnot properly in place, a message willdisplay and a noise will be heard.

Pull the divider up and snap it intoplace on both sides of the trunk.

The trunk partition is a flat carpetedboard with a horizontal flap that canbe attached to the top of the trunk toprovide additional storage space.


96 Storage

With the convertible top up, thetrunk partition can be unsnappedand laid flat to increase trunk cargospace.

Center Console Storage

Caution

The area inside the console canget hot. Do not store items thatcan be damaged by heat.

To open, press the button on thedriver side.

Depending on the options, theremay be two USB ports and anaccessory outlet inside. See PowerOutlets 0 101 and “Audio Players” inthe infotainment manual.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo CoverIf equipped, the cargo coverprovides hidden storage in the reararea of the vehicle. The cover alsoblocks glare from the removableroof panel when it is stored in therear compartment.

The cargo cover has two pieces: aflat and an L-shaped piece.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargocover. Sudden stops or turns cancause objects to be thrown in thevehicle. You or others could beinjured.


Storage 97

Attaching the Flat Cargo Cover

Attach the elastic loops on the fourcorners of the cargo cover to thehooks on the front and rear cornersof the hatch.

Attaching the L-Shaped CargoCover

1. Attach the plastic hooks on thecover to the tie-downs on thefloor (1) and to the sidepanels (2).

2. Attach the elastic loops on thecover to the hooks on the sidepanels (3).

Do not use the cargo cover hooksand tie-downs to secure anythingbut the cargo cover. They are notdesigned for heavy loads.

Cargo Tie-DownsThe cargo tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads under the cargonet inside the trunk.

Convenience Net

The vehicle may have aconvenience net to be used forsmall loads. Attach the net to thehooks on the rear of the storagearea. The net should not be used tostore heavy loads.


98 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 99Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 99Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 99Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Boost Gauge(Z06 and ZR1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 111Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 112

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 113Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 113

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic Stability ControlLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Electronic Stability Control(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 118Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 119Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 119Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 120Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 120Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 120Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 123

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Engine Power Messages . . . . . 128Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 128

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 128

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 135Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138


Instruments and Controls 99

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Both the tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn positions can be stored withyour memory settings, if equipped.See Memory Seats 0 60.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

HornPress near or on the horn symbolson the steering wheel pad to soundthe horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the windshieldwiper lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.



nL : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray washerfluid and activate the wipers. Thewipers will continue until the lever isreleased or the maximum wash timeis reached. When the lever isreleased, additional wipes mayoccur depending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 248for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 254.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the center stack. Thecompass receives its heading andother information from the GlobalPositioning System (GPS) antenna,Electronic Stability Control, andvehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass system

will automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Home Page” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.

Setting the Clock

Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, touchSETTINGS, then touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Time, then touchR orQ to increase ordecrease hours or minutes,and change AM or PM.

3. Touch 12-24 Hr for a 12 or24 hour clock.

4. Touch } to go back to theprevious menu.



Date

To set the date:

1. Touch SETTINGS, then touchTime and Date.

2. Touch Set Date, then touchR orQ to increase ordecrease month, day, or year.


Auto Set

When on, the time and date willautomatically update.

Auto set requires an active OnStaror connected service plan.

To set auto set:


2. Touch Set Time or Set Date.

3. Touch Auto Set, then selectOn-Cell Network or Off-Manualto manually set the timeand date.


If auto set is on, the time displayedon the clock may not updateimmediately when driving into a newtime zone.

Clock Display

When on, the digital clock will showon the infotainment display.

To set the clock display:


2. Touch Clock Display, thenselect Off or On.


Power OutletsUse the accessory power outlet toplug in electrical equipment, such asa cell phone or MP3 player.

There are three accessory poweroutlets:

. In front of the cupholder. Openthe door compartment to access.

. Inside the center consolestorage compartment.

. In the rear compartment.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

The power outlets in front of thecupholder and inside the centerconsole storage compartment arepowered when the ignition is on orin ACC/ACCESSORY, or until thedriver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 183.

The rear compartment power outletis powered at all times. Thevehicle’s battery may run down ifthe power outlet is used while theignition is off. Use this power outletfor plugging in the batterymaintainer, if equipped.

{ Warning

Power is always supplied to thetrunk outlet. Do not leaveelectrical equipment plugged inwhen the vehicle is not in usebecause the vehicle could catchfire and cause injury or death.



Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

Certain electrical accessories maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 216.

It is recommended that a qualifiedtechnician or dealer be seen for theproper installation of yourequipment.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

English Sport Theme Shown, Metric and Other Themes Similar



English Z06 Sport Theme Shown; Metric, ZR1, and Other Themes Similar.



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

There are four instrument clusterdisplay configurations to choosefrom: Link to Drive Mode, Sport,Track, and Tour. The style of thecenter of the instrument cluster willchange depending on the themeselected. If Link to Drive Mode ischosen, the cluster configuration willchange to match the setting on thedriver mode control on the console.See Driver Mode Control 0 200.If Weather or Eco are selected withthe driver mode control, the clusterwill display the Tour theme.

Sport

Sport includes a circular tachometercentered in the display. The DIC iscontained within the tachometer

ring. Additionally, there are twoconfigurable pocket gauges in thelower left and right corners.

Track

Track includes an asymmetrictachometer with prominent red-linemarkings and a lap timer that showsthe current, previous, and best lap.

Tour

Tour includes a partial tachometerring. The DIC is contained within thetachometer ring. There is also anarea used to display icons orimages for the DIC or phonecontacts.

The instrument cluster displayconfiguration is selected through thecluster menu. See “Settings” under“Cluster Menu” following.

Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.



Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Usew orx to scrollthrough the list of applications.

. Info. This is where you can viewthe Driver Information Center(DIC) displays. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 121.

. Performance

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation (If Equipped)

. Options

Performance

Press SEL to enter the Performancemenu. Usew orx to scrollthrough the available items.

G-force : Gives the driver anindication of the vehicleperformance in cornering. TheG-force is displayed in the center ofthe DIC as a numerical value.

Friction Bubble : A four quadrantvisual display, indicative of the fourcorners of the car, with a “bubble”showing where the most inertia isbeing exerted on the vehicle.

Performance Timer : Press pwhen Performance Timer isdisplayed to enter the menu. Pressp while Set Start Speed ishighlighted then usew orx toenter the start speed. Press SEL tosave it. Press p while Set End

Speed is highlighted then usew orx to enter the end speed. PressSEL to save it. After the start andend speeds have been entered,

press o to set the Sport display tothe set speeds and the performancetimer is ready to use. On the nextacceleration, the performance timewill record the time. To reset thetimer, highlight Reset on theperformance timer menu andpress SEL.

Lap Timer (If equipped) : Press pwhen Lap Timer is displayed tostart, stop, or reset the lap timer.A stopwatch icon will be displayedwhen the lap timer is active. PressSEL while the Lap Timer page isactive to start the timer. If the laptimer is active, pressing SEL on anypage will stop the current lap timerand start a new lap. Also, pressingand holding SEL on any page willstop the lap timer.

Coolant Temperature (Z06 only) :Shows the current coolanttemperature in either degreesCelsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).



Oil Temperature : Shows thecurrent oil temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Oil Pressure : Shows the current oilpressure in either kilopascal (kPa) orin pounds per square inch (psi).

Battery Voltage : Shows thecurrent battery voltage.

Transmission FluidTemperature : Shows thetemperature of the transmission fluidin either degrees Celsius (°C) ordegrees Fahrenheit (°F).

Tire Temperature : Shows tiretemperature status as either Cold,Warm, or Hot. Warm is typical fornormal driving while Hot is typicalfor aggressive driving. Unknownmay be displayed if tire temperatureinformation is unavailable.

eLSD and Wheel Slip : Displayswhen the Electronic Limited-SlipDifferential (eLSD) is active andintervening with the vehicle’s normaloperation. The display also displaysslip percentage in a range of low,medium, and high.

See Limited-Slip Differential(Stingray without Z51 Only) 0 207 orLimited-Slip Differential (ZR1, Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingray with Z51)0 207.

Audio

While the audio app is open, useworx to change the radio station orseek to the next or previous track,depending on the current audiosource. Press SEL to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menubrowse for music, select from thefavorites, or change the audiosource.

Phone

Press SEL to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recentcalls, or scroll through contacts.If there is an active call, mute orunmute the phone or switch tohandset or hands-free operation.

Navigation

If equipped, press SEL to enter theNavigation menu. Displays a map orturn by turn directions. If there is noactive route, press p to resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on/off. If there is an activeroute, press SEL to cancel routeguidance or turn the voice promptson/off.

Options

Press SEL to enter the Optionsmenu. Usew orx to scrollthrough items in the Options menu.

Units : Press p while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose US or Metric units bypressing SEL while the desired itemis highlighted.

Display Theme : Press p to enterthe Display Theme menu. Selectfrom Link to Drive Mode, Track,Sport, or Tour for the cluster theme.

Head-up Display (HUD) Rotation :This feature allows for adjusting theangle of the HUD image. Press p



on the steering wheel controls whileHead-up Display Rotation ishighlighted to enter Adjust Mode.Pressw orx to adjust the angle ofthe HUD display. Press SEL toconfirm and save the setting. Tocancel the setting, press o. Thevehicle must be in P (Park).

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press p when Speed Warning isdisplayed. Enable the speedwarning and then usew orx toadjust the value. Press SEL to setthe speed. Once the speed is set,this feature can be turned off bypressing SEL while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed with a chime.

Pocket Gauges : Press p whilePocket Gauges is displayed to enterthe menu and select gauges thatcan be displayed for the Sporttheme on the left or right of thedisplay area. Choose from Oil

Pressure Gauge, Oil TemperatureGauge, Battery Voltage,Transmission Fluid TemperatureGauge, Horsepower, or a blankgauge.

Software Info : Press p whileSoftware Info is highlighted todisplay open source softwareinformation.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 121.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.



Fuel Gauge

Metric

English

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is stilla little fuel left, but the fuel tankshould be filled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.



Boost Gauge(Z06 and ZR1)

Metric

English

This gauge indicates vacuum duringlight to moderate throttle and boostunder heavier throttle.

It displays the air pressure level inthe intake manifold before it entersthe engine's combustion chamber.

The gauge is automatically centeredat zero every time the engine isstarted. Actual vacuum or boost isdisplayed from this zero point.Changes in ambient pressure, suchas driving in mountains andchanging weather, will slightlychange the zero reading.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric



English

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the gauge pointer moves to thehigh end, the engine is too hot.

This reading indicates the samething as the warning light. It meansthat the engine coolant hasoverheated. If the vehicle has beenoperating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 247 for moreinformation.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started this lightflashes and a chime may come onto remind passengers to fasten theirseat belt. Then the light stays onsolid until the belt is buckled. Thiscycle continues several times if thepassenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,



grocery bag, laptop or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 74.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 79 for importantsafety information. The passengerairbag status indicator is on theinstrument panel.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, for severalseconds as a system check. Then,after several more seconds, thestatus indicator will light either ON



or OFF, or the on or off symbol, tolet you know the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag isallowed to inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 112 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical charging

system. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) alsodisplays a message.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 180.



Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 220.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 214.The diagnostic system candetect if the adapter has beenleft installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.


Instruments and Controls 115. Poor fuel quality can cause

inefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off.See Recommended Fuel(LT1 6.2L V8 Engine) 0 212 orRecommended Fuel (LT4 andLT5 6.2L SuperchargedV8 Engines) 0 213.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 216. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is inService Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine driving

before the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.



Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a base brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

The service electric parking brakelight should come on briefly whenstarting the vehicle. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See ElectricParking Brake 0 195. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).



Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe antilock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 115.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/Stability Controlbutton.

This light and the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) OFF light come onwhen ESC is turned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


Traction Control System(TCS)/Electronic StabilityControl Light

If equipped, the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) or TCS indicator/warning light comes on briefly whenthe engine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.



If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the ESCsystem have been disabled.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theESC system is actively working.


Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when the ESCsystem is turned off. If ESC is off,the Traction Control System (TCS)is also off.

If the ESC and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe ESC systems and the warninglight turns off.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally theindicator light goes off.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 247.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens, pull over and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.See Engine Overheating 0 247.

Tire Pressure Light



For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. Stop as soon as possible,and inflate the tires to the pressurevalue shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 274.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 276.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.



Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 43.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 140.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 139.

Cruise Control Light

For vehicles with cruise control, thecruise control light is white when thecruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise controlis set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 207.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.



Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info application. See InstrumentCluster 0 103. The Info applicationis only available when the ignition ison. The displays show the status ofmany vehicle systems. The controlsfor the DIC are on the right steeringwheel control.

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press o to openapplication menus on the left. Pressp to open interaction menus on theright.

SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info displays.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

Current Speed : Displays thevehicle speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

Trip A or B/Average FuelEconomy/Average Speed : Tripdisplays the current distancetraveled, in either kilometers (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset. The trip odometercan be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Average Fuel Economy displays theapproximate average liters per100 kilometers (L/100 km) or milesper gallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The Average FuelEconomy can be reset by pressingand holding SEL while this displayis active.

Average Speed displays theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Fuel Range/Instantaneous FuelEconomy : Fuel Range displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.



LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Instantaneous Fuel Economydisplays the current fuel economy ineither liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that thevehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange.

This display may also show thenumber of cylinders the vehicle isrunning on. See Active FuelManagement (Except ZR1/LT5)0 185.

Oil Life : Displays an estimate ofthe oil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 232.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 312.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the Oil Lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil Life System0 237.

Tire Pressure : Displays theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire is

shown in amber.See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 275 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 276.

Best Average Fuel Economy :Displays the average fuel economy,the best fuel economy over theselected distance, and a bar graphshowing instantaneous fueleconomy. Press p to change theselected distance.

Fuel Used/Timer : Displays theapproximate liters (L) orgallons (gal) of fuel that have beenused since last reset. The fuel usedcan be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

This display can also be used as atimer. To start/stop the timer, pressp while this display is active andthen SEL to start/stop the timer. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To reset the timer to zero,press and hold SEL or use p toaccess the menu while this displayis active.



ECO Index : Aids the driver indetermining how efficiently they aredriving.

This display may also show thenumber of cylinders the vehicle isrunning on. See Active FuelManagement (Except ZR1/LT5)0 185.

Speed Limit : Displays signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the onboardnavigation.

Engine Hours/Lifetime Revs :Displays the total number of hoursthe engine has run. It also showstotal engine revolutions divided by10,000.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright,or too high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it is

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

dark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning theoperation of the vehicle is projectedonto the windshield.

The HUD information appears as animage focused out toward the frontof the vehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD imageas a parking aid, you maymisjudge the distance anddamage your vehicle. Do not usethe HUD image as a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages. Thespeedometer reading and othernumerical values can be displayedin either English or metric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed throughthe instrument cluster. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128 and “Settings”under Instrument Cluster 0 103.

The HUD may display differentalerts and information for vehiclesequipped with these features:

. Speedometer

. Tachometer

. Manual Transmission Gear (IfEquipped)

. Manual Paddle Shift GearIndicator (If Equipped)

These displays on the HUD arefor use when using the manualpaddle shift controls to shift thetransmission. See “ManualPaddle Shift” in Manual Mode0 189.

. Shift Light

This light is used forperformance driving to indicatethat the vehicle's bestperformance level has beenreached to shift the transmission



into the next higher gear. Anarrow pointing up will light up onthe display just prior to reachingthe engine fuel cut-off mode.

. G-Force Gauge

. Audio Information

. Upcoming Maneuver fromOnBoard Navigation

. Upcoming Maneuver fromOnStar

. Incoming Call

The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel on the instrumentpanel.

To adjust the HUD image so thatitems are properly displayed:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

3. Adjust the following HUDsettings as needed.

$ : Press down or lift up to adjustthe vertical position of the HUDimage in the windshield.

! : Press to select the displayview. Each press will cause thedisplay view to change to the nextview. If vehicle messages aredisplayed, pressing the DIC selectbutton may clear the message. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 121.

D : Lift up and hold to brighten thedisplay. Press down and hold to dimthe display. Hold down to turn thedisplay off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUDbrightness control can also beadjusted as needed.

The HUD image can temporarilylight up depending on the angle andposition of the sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarized sunglasses could makethe HUD image harder to see.

Head-Up Display (HUD) RotationOption

This feature allows for adjusting theangle of the HUD image.

Use the right steering wheelcontrols to open and scroll throughdifferent items and displays.

While in the options menu, pressworx to scroll to the HUD rotation

page. Press p while Head-UpDisplay Rotation is highlighted toenter Adjust Mode.

Pressw orx to adjust the angle ofthe HUD display. Press SEL to savethe setting. To cancel the setting,press o. The vehicle must be inP (Park). See Instrument Cluster0 103.



Display Views

There are several HUD views thatcan be displayed:

Metric

English

Tour : Displays the vehicle speed,gear position, shift indicator, anddriver mode.

Metric

English

Sport : Displays the vehicle speed,a circular tachometer, gear position,shift indicator, and G-Force meter.

Metric

English

Track : Displays the vehicle speed,a linear tachometer, gear position,shift lights, and G-Force meter.

Metric

English

Timing : Displays a lineartachometer, gear position, shiftlights, and performance or lap timer.



The performance or lap timercontent displayed depends on whichfeature is currently in use in theinstrument cluster. See InstrumentCluster 0 103.

Interrupts

The interrupt information temporarilydisplays in any HUD view. Oncedisplayed, HUD returns to theprevious HUD view. Interrupts mayinclude:

. Audio Information

. Navigation Turn-by-TurnInformation

. Incoming Call Information

. Vehicle Alerts

Metric

English

Audio : May display when a newsource, radio station, or media typeis selected.

Metric

English

Navigation : Turn-by-turnnavigation information may bedisplayed when Navigation is active

and an upcoming maneuver ispending. It appears until themaneuver is complete and then theHUD display returns to theprevious view.

Metric

English

Phone : May display when anincoming call is received from eitherOnStar or a Bluetooth connectedphone. It appears momentarily untilthe call is answered or ignored.



Metric

English

Vehicle Alerts : Alerts can bedismissed in the instrument cluster.All alerts are not displayed inthe HUD.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshield toremove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity ofthe HUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipethe lens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

Check that:

. Nothing is covering theHUD lens.

. HUD brightness setting is nottoo dim or too bright.

. HUD is adjusted to the properheight.

. Polarized sunglasses arenot worn.

. Windshield and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. See WindshieldReplacement 0 255.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security


128 Instruments and Controls. Brakes

. Steering

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. Reduced propulsion powercan affect the vehicle's ability toaccelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance may

be reduced the next time the vehicleis driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TOXXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal,suspension, or tires.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

To access thepersonalization menu:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the HomePage on the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Press o BACK on the centerstack or touch Back on theinfotainment display to return tothe previous menu.



Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Driving Mode

. Language

. Valet Mode

. Teen Driver

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

. Wi-Fi

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 100.

Driving Mode

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Engine Sound Management

. Steering

Engine Sound Management

This allows the Engine SoundManagement feature to be setindependent of the Driver ModeSelector. See Track Events andCompetitive Driving 0 161.

Select Auto (Mode Selector),Stealth, Tour, Sport, or Track.

Steering

This allows the Steering feature tobe turned on or off.

Select Auto (Mode Selector), Tour,Sport, or Track.

Language

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

The selected language will displayon the system, and voicerecognition will reflect the selectedlanguage.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations.

To enable Valet Mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”in the infotainment manual.



Radio


. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Bose AudioPilot

. Maximum Start Up Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Manage Favorites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Touch to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible TouchFeedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Bose AudioPilot

This feature adjusts the volumebased on the noise in the vehicle.See “Bose AudioPilot NoiseCompensation Technology” under“Infotainment System Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Maximum Start Up Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level.

To set the maximum startup volume,touch + or − to increase ordecrease.

Vehicle


. Climate and Air Quality

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This feature will set the auto fanspeed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

If equipped, this feature willautomatically turn on the rear defog.

Select Off or On.



Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions when theignition is changed from off to on orACC/ACCESSORY. See MemorySeats 0 60.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recallsthe previously stored Exit buttonposition when exiting the vehicle.See Memory Seats 0 60.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Touch + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the turn signallamps and turn on some of theexterior lamps when K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is pressed to locate thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park)



with an automatic transmission orwhen the vehicle is turned off with amanual transmission.

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the ventilated seatson when using remote start onwarm days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thedoor handle sensor on the driverdoor to unlock the vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This feature can be turned on or off,or feedback can be selected. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enablesRemote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.

Select Off or On.



Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

. Text Message Alerts

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Press to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select EDIT. Type a new number,then select SAVE.

Text Message Alerts

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off or On.

Apple CarPlay


. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port. See“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”under “Phone” in the infotainmentmanual.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed. See “AppleCarPlay and Android Auto” under“Phone” in the infotainment manual.

Android Auto


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port. See“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”under “Phone” in the infotainmentmanual.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed. See “AppleCarPlay and Android Auto” under“Phone” in the infotainment manual.



Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

. Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

This feature gives tips on what tosay when using voice recognition.

Select Off or On.

Display


. Mode

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Touchanywhere on the infotainmentdisplay or press any infotainmentcontrol on the center stack to turnthe display on.

Rear Camera


. Guidance Lines

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 210.

Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.



Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to update or view theinfotainment system currentsoftware information.

Wi-Fi


. Wi-Fi

. Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Wi-Fi

This feature allows Wi-Fi networksto be turned off or on.

Select Off or On.

Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Select to manage Wi-Fi networks.Wi-Fi must be on for this feature tobe accessed.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 340.

The FCC Grant of EquipmentAuthorization Certificate number isNZLSAHL5B.

The Canadian Registration IDnumber is 4112A-SAHL5B.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in thedriver sun visor.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. Theseinstructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.



See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placedoutside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will applyand may differ based on landline ormobile phone.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remotesystem buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button untilthe indicator light changes froma slow to a rapid flash. Thenrelease both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals for SomeGate Operators” later in thissection.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid light



and the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds and

then release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process to program thetwo remaining buttons.

Radio Signals for Some GateOperators

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placedoutside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will applyand may differ based on landline ormobile phone.

Some gate operators andradio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.



Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


Lighting 139

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 139Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 142Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Battery Power Protection . . . . . 144Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

There are four positions:

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Sets the exterior lamps toautomatic mode. AUTO mode turnsthe exterior lamps on and offdepending on how much light isavailable outside the vehicle.

To override AUTO mode, turn thecontrol to O.To reset to AUTO mode, turn thecontrol to O and then release backto AUTO. Automatic mode alsoresets when the vehicle is turned offand then back on again if the controlis left in the AUTO position.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

The parking lamp indicator lightcomes on and stays on when theparking lamps are on with theengine off and the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime will sound if theexterior lamp control is left on ineither the headlamp or parking lampposition and the driver door isopened with the ignition off.


140 Lighting

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo use the flash-to-pass feature,briefly pull the turn signal levertoward you. The high-beamindicator flashes to indicate to theother driver that you intend to pass.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. DRL are required on allvehicles first sold in Canada.

The DRL system makes thededicated lamps come on when thefollowing conditions are met:

. It is still daylight and the ignitionis on.

. The exterior lamp control is inthe AUTO position.

. The transmission is not inP (Park) or the parking brakeis off.

When DRL are on, only the frontlamps will be on. The parkinglamps, taillamps, instrument panellights, or other exterior lamps willnot be on when the DRL arebeing used.

When it is dark enough outside, thefront lamps dim to parking lampsand the normal low-beamheadlamps turn on.

When it is bright enough outside,the regular lamps go off, and thefront DRL will take over. If thevehicle is started in a dark garage,the automatic headlamp systemcomes on immediately. Once thevehicle leaves the garage, it takesapproximately one minute for theautomatic headlamp system tochange to DRL if it is light outside.During that delay, the instrumentcluster may not be as bright asusual. Make sure the instrumentpanel brightness knob is in the fullbright position. See InstrumentPanel Illumination Control 0 143.

If it is dark enough outside and theexterior lamp control is off, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagemay display.

Turning the exterior lamp control tooff a second time, or turning on theheadlamps will remove the DICmessage. If the parking lamps wereturned on instead, the DIC messagewill continue to be displayed.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.


Lighting 141

To turn off the DRL, turn the exteriorlamp control to O or shift intoP (Park). The DRL will stay off untilthe control is toggled again or thetransmission is shifted out ofP (Park).

For vehicles first sold in Canada,the DRL can only be turned offwhen the vehicle is parked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps and parkinglamps come on automatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor, otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps and parking lamps whendriving through a parking garage ortunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 143.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps and parking lampswill turn off or may change toDaytime Running Lamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

To turn automatic headlamp systemback on, turn the band to O again,then release it.

If the automatic headlamp systemhas the headlamps turned on andyou turn the ignition off, theheadlamps will turn off. When thedriver door is opened theheadlamps and parking lamps willilluminate for a period of time.

The length of the delayedillumination period can be changed.See “Exit Lighting” under VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon and the exterior lamp control is inAUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lamps willcome on. The time it takes for the


142 Lighting

lamps to turn on depends on thewiper speed. When the wipers areturned off, the lamps turn off. Todisable, move the exterior lampcontrol to O or;.

Hazard Warning Flashers

The hazard warning flashers warnothers that you have a problem. Thebutton is near the center of theinstrument panel.

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. Press again to turn theflashers off.

The hazard warning flashers workno matter what mode the ignition isin, even if the ignition is turned off.

When the hazard warning flashersare on, the turn signals willnot work.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is complete. If the lever is

briefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.If more flashes are desired,continue to hold the lever.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrows flash rapidly ordo not come on, a turn signalindicator light failure may haveoccurred.

If a turn signal has failed, the lampmay need to be replaced. See yourdealer.

Turn Signal on Chime

A chime sounds if the turn signalhas been on for more than 1.2 km(0.75 mi) of driving.

If you need to leave the turn signalon for more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi),turn off the signal and then turn itback on.


Lighting 143

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The knob for this feature is on theleft side of the instrument panel.

Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to brighten or dimthe instrument panel lights at night.Turn the knob completely clockwiseto turn on the interior lights.

Courtesy LampsWhen any door or the hatch/trunk isopened, the interior lamps willcome on.

The hatch/trunk lamps only come onwhen the rear compartment isopened.

To turn the courtesy lamps on or off,turn the instrument panel brightnessknob completely clockwise orcounterclockwise.

Reading Lamps

The reading lamps are in theoverhead console. The lamps go onwhen a door is opened. When thedoors are closed, press the lampbuttons to turn on each lamp.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps turn on brieflyat night, or in areas with limitedlighting, when K is pressed on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. When the driver door isopened, all control lights, DriverInformation Center (DIC) lights, anddoor pocket lights turn on. Afterabout 30 seconds the exterior lampsturn off, and then the dome andremaining interior lamps dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by turning the ignition toon or ACC/ACCESSORY, or bypressing Q on the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps come on atnight, or in areas with limitedlighting, when the driver door isopened after the ignition is turned


144 Lighting

off. The dome lamp comes on afterthe ignition is turned off. Theexterior lamps and dome lampremain on after the door is closedfor a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Battery Power ProtectionThis vehicle has a feature to helpprevent the battery from beingdrained in case any of the followinglamps are left on: vanity mirrorlamps, cargo lamps, reading lamps,or glove box lamps. If any of theselamps are left on, they willautomatically time-out after about10 minutes. To reset it, the ignitionmust be turned on.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


Infotainment System 145

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.Deactivation is required by yourdealer if related aftermarketequipment is installed.

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)If equipped, the PDR icon displayson the Home Page.

Important Information

Use of the PDR may be prohibitedor legally restricted in certaincountries and situations. Ensurecompliance with applicable laws andregulations, including, but notlimited to: privacy laws, laws relatedto camera surveillance andrecordings, road traffic and securitylaws, and laws on the protection ofpublicity and personality rights.

. Do not use the PDR if it causesdistraction.

. Do not rely on camera footage tosteer the vehicle.

. Comply with any notice andconsent requirements beforecapturing and/or recording thevoices or images of otherpersons or before collectingother personal data.


146 Infotainment System. Notify other drivers of your

vehicle of the above rules andrequire them to comply.

. General Motors does not acceptany responsibility or liability inconnection with use that is notpermitted.

. Law enforcement authoritiesmay have the right to seizevideo recordings and use themas evidence of criminal/drivingoffenses against you or thirdparties.

The PDR records video, audio, andvehicle data. This data is stored ona removable SD card in theglove box.

The recorded data is not storedanywhere else and is onlyaccessible from the SD card.

To begin, insert a FAT32 formattedSD card, Class 10 required, 8, 16,or 32 GB recommended, into theglove box SD card reader.

Touch the PDR icon to access thePDR menu. The optionsdisplayed are:

Start Recording

If the system is unable to beginrecording, the Start Recordingbutton is grayed out.

Touch Start Recording to beginrecording. After recording begins,this button changes to StopRecording. Touch to stop therecording session.

The recording must be stopped andthe file closed before removing theSD card, or the recording cannot bereviewed.

The elapsed time will show whenrecording. To define a finish line,see “Define Finish Line” later in thissection.

If there is no available space on theSD card, a message displays.Delete or transfer recordings on theSD card or use another SD cardwith free space.


Infotainment System 147

To delete a recording, go to theRecorded Sessions menu and touchz next to the item. See “RecordedSessions” later in this section.

If no SD card is inserted, a messagedisplays.

Define Finish Line

To track and record the vehicle’s laptimes, the starting point of a lapmust be set. Crossing this pointactivates the lap timer whenrecording.

To set the finish line, position thevehicle with the front bumper at thestart/finish point. From the PDRmenu, touch Define Finish Line andthen touch Mark Finish Line. Thiscan be done with the vehiclemoving.

Recorded Sessions

To view recorded videos, touchRecorded Sessions.

A list of recordings displays.

Select the recording to startplayback.

Touch z next to an item to deletethat recording. Touch Yes to deleteor No to cancel on the confirmationscreen. Touch Dismiss to exit.

Video playback is not allowed whilethe vehicle is in motion.

Tap on the screen while the video isplaying to display the video controls:

Video Scrubber : Changes theposition and playback. The length ofthe bar corresponds to the time ofthe video. Advance or rewind thevideo by dragging along the bar.


148 Infotainment System

Delete Recording : Touch to deletethe video. A confirmation screendisplays. Touch Yes to delete or Noto cancel.

Pause/Play : Touch to play orpause the video. The button willchange when touched.

/ : Touch to display the previousscreen.

Exit : Touch to exit the currentdisplay.

Choose Video Overlay

Touch Choose Video Overlay todisplay the menu screen.

Select one:

. No Overlay

. Sport

. Track

. Performance Timing

No Overlay:

No vehicle data displays on top ofthe recorded video. Vehicle data isstill available with the video whenaccessed in the toolbox software.

Sport:

Displays these vehicle metrics:

. Vehicle Speed: Up to three digitsare displayed in km/h or MPHdepending on vehicle settings.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle show current RPMs. Asthe RPMs increase, the backfillfollows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Automatic and manualtransmissions display 1, 2, etc.

. Lateral G-Force Graphic: Leftand Right G-Forces aredisplayed. The graphic fills to theleft or the right depending on themeasure value. The measuredG-Force displays as a number atthe top of the graphic.

. Event Odometer: This displaysthe distance driven since therecording began.

Track:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.


Infotainment System 149. GPS Tracking Map: Shows the

vehicle’s current position relativeto a known route.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle indicate current RPMs.As the RPMs increase, thebackfill follows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateraland longitudinal G-Forces aredisplayed as a dot within abubble. A red dot displays whenthe vehicle starts braking andturns green when the vehicleaccelerates. The dot is whitewhen the vehicle is not moving.A white dot is the default.

. Brake and Throttle Graphic:Displays the percentage value ofbrake and throttle pedal positionfrom 0–100%.

. Steering Angle: The graphic fillsfrom the center to the left or rightdepending on the direction of

steering. The numerical steeringangle displays below thegraphic.

. Active Handling Active Indicator:The graphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

. Performance TractionManagement (PTM) Mode:Displays the current PTM mode.The options are Wet, Dry, Sport1, Sport 2, or Race.

. Current Lap Time: Displays theelapsed lap time if the finish lineis defined and the vehicle hascrossed the defined finish line atleast once.

. Event Odometer: This displaysthe distance driven since therecording began.

. Drive Mode: Displays thevehicle’s current drive mode.

Performance Timing:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): Same as Sport.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. 0–100 km/h (0–60 mph), 0–200 km/h (0–100 mph), 400 m(1/4 th mi), and 0–200–0 km/h(0–100–0 mph): The timer startsrecording as soon as the vehicleaccelerates. As the vehiclepasses each speed and distancemilestone, it is displayed on theoverlay.


150 Infotainment System. Throttle Position: Displays

the percentage of throttle appliedfrom 0–100%.

. Active Handling Active Indicator:The graphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

Naming Convention

The recorded video file name isstored as the recorded date and thelength of the recording.

If the recorded session wasrecorded while the system was inValet Mode, the file name willdisplay the mode, date, and lengthof time.

Settings

Touch Settings on the PDR menu todisplay settings.

Valet Mode Recording : Allowsrecording preferences to beselected. It is recommended that ablank SD card be used. Availablechoices are:

. Automatically record when inValet Mode: Enables the PDR tobegin recording as soon as thevehicle is in Valet Mode.

. Overwrite existing data whenmemory full: Allows manualoverwriting of previousrecordings, one at a time startingwith the oldest, when the currentrecording requires additionalstorage to continue.

Valet Mode does not record audio.

Record Audio : Allows audio to berecorded along with video.

Audio will not record duringValet Mode.

Software Information : DisplaysPDR software information andversion numbers.

Toolbox Software : Allows for theevaluation of driver and vehicleperformance during a recordedevent. See www.Corvette.com todownload the software.


Climate Controls 151

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver Temperature Control

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

3. A/C (Air Conditioning)

4. Air Delivery Modes

5. Defrost

6. SYNC

7. Fan Control

8. Driver and RedundantPassenger Heated andVentilated Front Seat Controls

9. Rear Window Defogger

10. Recirculation


152 Climate Controls

Passenger Temperature Control

The passenger temperature controlis below the passenger sideair vent.

On/Off System Operation

Press AUTO to turn the system on.Turn the fan control knob completelycounterclockwise to turn the fan off.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and thesetting is displayed. The AUTOindicator will turn off. Functions notmanually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

The system operates to reach theset temperature as quickly aspossible. The AUTO control systemworks best with the windows up andthe removable roof panel installedor the convertible top up.

Manual Operation

Driver and PassengerTemperature Control : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver andpassenger.

Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the driver temperaturesetting. Pressw orx to increaseor decrease the passengertemperature setting.

SYNC : Press to link all climatezone settings to the driver settings.The SYNC indicator light will turnon. When the passengertemperature setting is adjusted, theSYNC indicator light turns off.

Fan Control : Turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise toincrease or decrease the fan speed.Turn the knob completelycounterclockwise to turn the fan off.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Air Delivery Modes : PressY,\,[ , or- to change the direction ofthe airflow. An indicator light comeson in the selected mode button.



Changing the mode cancels theautomatic operation and the systemgoes into manual mode. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

\ : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets and the floor outlets.

- : Air is directed to the windshieldand floor outlets to clear thewindows of fog or moisture. Therecirculation mode cannot beselected while in the defog mode.

0 : Press to clear the windshieldof fog or frost more quickly. Air isdirected to the windshield and sidewindow outlets. The recirculationmode cannot be selected while indefrost mode.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning on or off. If the fan isturned off, the air conditioner will notrun and the indicator light mayturn off.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns as needed. When the indicatorlight is on, the air conditioner runsautomatically to cool the air insidethe vehicle or to dry the air asneeded to defog the windshieldfaster.

Depending on the engine speed, theair conditioning compressor mayshut off and turn on again and aslight change in A/C cooling andengine performance may benoticed. This is normal. The systemis designed to make adjustments tohelp with fuel economy while stillmaintaining the selectedtemperature.

If the A/C is turned off, automaticoperation is canceled.

/ : Press to turn onrecirculation. An indicator lightcomes on. Air is recirculated to

quickly cool the inside of the vehicleor reduce the entry of outside airand odors. Recirculation mode isnot available in defrost ordefog mode.

Rear Window Defogger

= : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when theignition is on. The defogger turns offif the ignition is off or in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 128.When auto rear defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)and below. The auto rear defoggerturns off automatically after about10 minutes.



The heated outside mirrors turn onwith the rear window defogger andhelp to clear fog or frost from thesurface of the mirror. See HeatedMirrors 0 45.

If equipped with a convertible top,the rear window defogger andheated mirrors are automaticallydisabled when the convertible top ismoving or down.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharpobject on the inside rear windowcan damage the antenna ordefogger. Repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Do not stick anything to the rearwindow.

( / { : If equipped, press to heator ventilate the seat. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 65.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation (If Equipped) : If remotestart is used to start the vehicle, theclimate control system will come on,depending on the outsidetemperature. The rear windowdefogger or heated outside mirrorsmay come on based on coldambient conditions. The rear defogindicator light may not come onduring a remote start. The heated orventilated seats may turn on if it iscold or hot outside.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33 andHeated and Ventilated Front Seats0 65, if equipped.

Sensors

The interior cabin air temperatureand solar sensor on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield monitors the solar heatand measures the initial interiorcabin temperature.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

The humidity and windshieldtemperature sensor is on thewindshield glass inside surface nearthe rearview mirror. The automaticclimate control system uses thissensor to receive information todetermine the need for defogging.

If any of these sensors are blockedor covered, the automatic climatecontrol system may not workproperly.

There is also a sensor behind thefront bumper. This sensor reads theoutside air temperature and helps tomaintain the temperature inside thevehicle. Any cover on the front ofthe vehicle could give a falsereading in the temperature.



Air VentsUse the tab on the air outlets tochange the direction of the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from the air inlets atthe base of the windshield thatmay block the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors may adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Keep the area around the baseof the instrument panel consoleand air path under the seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside of the vehicle moreeffectively.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe passenger compartment airfilter reduces dust, pollen, and otherairborne irritants from outside airthat is pulled into the vehicle.Reductions in airflow, which mayoccur more often in dusty areas,indicate that the filter may need tobe replaced. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 312.

Caution

Driving without a passengercompartment air filter in place cancause water and small particles,like paper and leaves, to bepulled into your climate controlsystem which may cause damageto it. Make sure you alwaysreplace the old filter with anew one.

The passenger compartment airfilter is on the passenger side of theengine compartment near thecoolant surge tank. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 225.

To check or replace the air filter:

1. Release the retainer clips fromthe passenger compartment airfilter cover. The PVC hosesmay need to be held out of theway briefly to access the airfilter cover.

2. Remove the cover.



3. Remove the filter and installthe new air filter.

4. Replace the filter cover.

5. Attach the retainer clips.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.

It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 312.


Driving and Operating 157

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 159Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 160Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Track Events and CompetitiveDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 172Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 173Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 175Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 179Front Air Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . 179Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 182Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 185Parking (ManualTransmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Active Fuel Management(Except ZR1/LT5) . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 187Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Manual TransmissionManual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 192Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 195Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 197

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 200Competitive Driving Mode . . . . 203Limited-Slip Differential(Stingray withoutZ51 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Limited-Slip Differential (ZR1,Z06, Grand Sport, andStingray with Z51) . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Driver Assistance SystemsAssistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 210

FuelTop Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Recommended Fuel (LT1 6.2LV8 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Recommended Fuel (LT4 andLT5 6.2L SuperchargedV8 Engines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 213Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214


158 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.



{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 66.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.



Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Track Events andCompetitive Driving

{ Danger

High-performance features areintended for use only on closedtracks by experienced andqualified drivers and should notbe used on public roads.High-speed driving, aggressivecornering, hard braking, and otherhigh-performance driving can bedangerous. Improper driver inputsfor the conditions may result inloss of control of the vehicle,which could injure or kill you orothers. Always drive safely.

Participating in track events or othercompetitive driving without followingthe instructions provided may affectthe vehicle warranty. See thewarranty manual before using the



vehicle for racing or othercompetitive driving. See CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 203.

A manual transmission isrecommended for extended trackusage at higher ambienttemperatures. Consult the TrackPreparation Guide for additionalinformation. See your dealer.

Be sure to follow all serviceprocedures before driving thevehicle at track events orcompetitively.

Prior to each track event and againbefore re-entering the public roadsystem, tighten the wheel nuts witha torque wrench to the propertorque specification. See Capacitiesand Specifications 0 326.

Engine Sound ManagementSetting

Caution

Do not place the vehicle inEngine Sound Management –Stealth mode. Damage couldresult to exhaust valve actuators.

Engine Oil

Caution

If the vehicle is used for trackevents and competitive driving,the engine may use more oil thanit would with normal use. Low oillevels can damage the engine.Check the oil level often andmaintain the proper level. SeeEngine Oil 0 232.

The engine is factory filled with0W-40 dexos2 oil. For LT1 and LT4engines only, 0W-40 dexos2 engineoil is approved for both track andstreet use. 15W-50 full synthetic

engine oil may also be used fortrack use, but after track use mustbe changed back to 0W-40 dexos2for street use. If 0W-40 dexos2 oil isnot available, 5W-30 dexos1 fullsynthetic engine oil may be used forstreet use. If 5W-30 dexos1 is used,it must be changed to 0W-40dexos2 or 15W-50 full syntheticengine oil for track use.

For the LT5 engine, SAE 15W-50full synthetic engine oil must beused for track use, but after trackuse must be changed back to0W-40 dexos2 for street use.

Z51 Performance Package, GrandSport, Z06, and ZR1: Check the oillevel often during track events andcompetitive driving and keep thelevel at or near 0.5 L (0.5 qt) abovethe upper mark that shows theproper operating range on theengine oil dipstick. After thecompetitive driving, remove excessoil so that the level on the dipstick isnot above the upper mark thatshows the proper operating range.



Stingray without Z51 PerformancePackage: Additional oil fill above theupper mark on the dipstick is notrecommended for track events orother competitive driving. Check theoil level often during racing or othercompetitive driving and keep thelevel at or near the upper mark thatshows the proper operating rangeon the engine oil dipstick. After thecompetitive driving, remove excessoil so that the level on the dipstick isnot above the upper mark thatshows the proper operating range.

Fuel

LT1 Engine : 93 octane (or higher)unleaded gasoline is required.

LT4 Engine : 93 octane (or higher)unleaded gasoline is required.100 octane (or higher) unleadedgasoline is recommended at thetrack when temperatures are above30 °C (86 °F) to maximizepowertrain performance andimprove longevity of componentswithin the powertrain.

LT5 Engine : 93 octane (or higher)unleaded gasoline is required.100 octane (or higher) unleadedgasoline is recommended tomaximize powertrain performanceand improve longevity ofcomponents within the powertrain.

Caution

Some high octane fuels containadditives and compounds thatmay damage the vehicle and voidthe vehicle warranty. SeeProhibited Fuels 0 213.

Automatic Transmission Fluid

Transmission fluid should bechanged after every 15 hours oftrack usage. Any transmission levelset or change should be performedat your dealer.

Manual Transmission Fluid

Manual transmission fluid should bechanged after every 15 hours oftrack usage.

Load Limit

Z51 Performance Package Only:Limit vehicle load to the driver only,with no other cargo. Inflate tires to180 kPa (26 psi) and drive at amaximum speed of 280 km/h(174 mph).

Grand Sport, Z06, and ZR1 Only:Limit vehicle load to the driver only,with no other cargo. Inflate tires to180 kPa (26 psi) and drive at amaximum speed of 296 km/h(184 mph).

Wheel Alignment

Caution

Using these wheel alignmentsettings may cause excessive tirewear. Only use these wheelalignment settings for racing orcompetitive driving. Excessive tirewear is not covered under thevehicle warranty.



ZR1 FEB suspension equippedvehicles can be lowered 12 mm inthe front for optimal trackperformance. Lowering the vehicleshould be completed prior to thetrack suspension alignment. Thefront spring outboard ends must beunloaded from the front control armsin order to adjust the spring cushionadjuster screws upward byapproximately 6–9 mm to achievethe lowered condition. Driving onthe public roads in this condition isnot recommended.

Caution

Failure to unload the front springoutboard ends before adjustingthe spring cushion adjusterscrews could damage the spring.

If the vehicle is a Z51, Grand Sport,Z06, or ZR1, the racing andcompetitive driving wheel alignmentsettings should be set asdescribed here:

. Z51 PerformancePackage – remove one washerfrom each upper control arm tobody bolt attachment (both frontand rear).

. Grand Sport, Z06, andZR1 models – do not removewashers from front or rear uppercontrol arm bolts.

Proceed by adjusting the lowercontrol arm cam bolts untilalignment is within specifications.Alignment values are targets. Seeyour dealer for tolerances.

After track use, reinstall washersand reset to factory alignmentsettings.

Front (per corner)

. Caster: +7.0 degrees

. Camber: -2.0 degrees

. Toe: 0.05 degrees toe in

Rear (per corner)

. Caster: 0 degrees

. Camber: -2.0 degrees

. Toe: 0.05 degrees toe in

Thrust Angle: 0 degrees

Rear Axle Fluid

Caution

During a first time track or racingevent, high rear axletemperatures can occur. Damagecould be caused to the rear axleand would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not drive aslong or as fast the first time thevehicle is driven on the track orraced.

Axles must have 2414 km (1,500 mi)before being used in track driving.

The rear axle fluid temperaturesmay be higher than when driving insevere conditions. Drain and refillwith new fluid after the first racing orcompetitive driving event, and then



after every 24 hours of racing orcompetitive driving. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 321.

General Information

If reduced performance isexperienced during track events orcompetitive driving, turning off theA/C will help to improve engineperformance.

Maintain a mixture of 40%DEX-COOL coolant and 60% clean,drinkable water to optimize engineperformance.

The front license plate bracket oraero panel should be removed fortrack events and competitive drivingto improve engine performance.

Brakes

{ Warning

Braking above 200 mph:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Applying and sustaining full forcebraking at speeds exceeding200 mph (322 km/h) can causeserious damage to the brakingsystem. At any speed, brakingmust be performed in a smoothand controlled manner, but atthese speeds specifically, lowerinitial brake pedal efforts arerecommended.

Brake Cooling

If additional brake cooling isrequired, the grille mesh in the lowercorners of the front grille in front ofthe brake duct can be removed.This is not reversible, and areplacement grille will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.If this is done, it is recommendedthat the gap between the fascia andthe cooling duct be taped over.

Brake Fluid

Replace existing brake fluid with aqualified high performance brakefluid from a sealed container. Brakefluid with a dry boiling point >310 °C(590 °F) is qualified. If highperformance brake fluid is used,replace it with GM approved brakefluid before driving on public roads.If high performance brake fluid is inthe vehicle and the age of the brakefluid is over a month old orunknown, replace the brake fluidbefore track events and competitivedriving. Do not use silicone orDOT-5 brake fluids.

Brake Burnishing

New brake pads must be burnishedbefore racing or other competitivedriving.

Caution

Performing the brake burnishprocedure on a base brakesystem can result in brakedamage.



Caution

The new vehicle break-in periodshould be completed beforeperforming the brake burnishprocedure, otherwise damagemay occur to the powertrain/engine. See New VehicleBreak-In 0 179.

Caution

Brake pedal fade will occur duringany track burnish procedure andcan cause brake pedal travel andforce to increase. This couldextend stopping distance until thebrakes are fully burnished.

When this procedure is performedas instructed, it will not damage thebrakes. The brake pads will smokeand produce an odor. The brakingforce and pedal travel may increase.After the procedure, the brake padsmay appear white at the rotorcontact.

Perform this procedure only on drypavement, in a safe manner, and incompliance with all local and stateordinances/laws regarding motorvehicle operation.

Brake Burnishing Procedure (Z51Performance Package, GrandSport with J56, and Z06 with J56)

1. Apply the brakes 25 timesstarting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to50 km/h (30 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.4 g. This is amedium brake application.Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)between applying the brakes.This first step may be skippedif there are more than 320 km(200 mi) on the brake pads.

2. Repeatedly apply the brakesfrom 100 km/h (60 mph) to25 km/h (15 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.8 g. This is ahard brake application, withoutactivating the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS). Drive for atleast 1 km (0.6 mi) betweenstops. Repeat until the brakepedal travel starts to increase.

Depending on conditions, thisshould take no longer than 25brake applications.

3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h(60 mph) for approximately15 km (10 mi) without using thebrakes.

4. Apply the brakes 25 times from100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h(30 mph) while decelerating at0.4 g. This is a medium brakeapplication. Drive for at least1 km (0.6 mi) betweenapplications.

Street High Performance BrakeBurnishing Procedure (GrandSport with J57, Z06 with J57,and ZR1)

This procedure should only be runon a track or other non-public area,and only on dry pavement.

1. From a stop, accelerate asrapidly as possible withoutactivating traction control to aspeed of 100 km/h (60 mph).



2. Use enough pedal force tocompletely stop the vehicle infour to five seconds. If ABSactivates, braking is too hard.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 – 20consecutive times, this shouldtake about 5 minutes.

4. After completing the 20 stops,cool the brakes by driving for8 km (5 mi) at 100 km/h(60 mph).

As with all high performance brakesystems, some amount of brakesqueal is normal.

Racing/Track Brake BurnishingProcedure (Grand Sport with J57,Z06 with J57, and ZR1)

This procedure should only be runon a track and only on drypavement.

Caution

Brake pedal fade will occur duringthis track burnish procedure andcan cause brake pedal travel and

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

force to increase. This couldextend stopping distance until thebrakes are fully burnished.

1. Drive a normal first lap, not tooaggressively.

2. Laps 2 and 3 should begradually driven faster andmore aggressively, whileallowing for reduced brakeoutput and increased stoppingdistance due to brake fade.

3. Drive Lap 4 near full speed,while allowing for reducedbrake output and increasedstopping distance due tobrake fade.

4. Laps 5 and 6 should be cooldown laps.

5. Lap 7 should be normal drivingor an easy out lap.

Exhaust CoolingHardware (ZR1)

The exhaust cooling hardwareshould be installed prior to any trackevent. These components will helpcool the exhaust system.

To install the closeout plates anddeflectors:

1. Install the 12 U-nuts onto thetunnel brace. Align thethreaded holes in the U-nutswith the holes in the tunnelbrace.



2. Install the two closeout platesover the holes.

Install the two deflectors overthe holes, with the shorter onein front.

3. Torque all the fasteners to9Y (6.6 lb ft).

When the track event is complete,remove the closeout plates anddeflectors and store them for thenext track event.

Rear Adjustable PerformanceWing (If Equipped)

The Rear Adjustable PerformanceWing can be adjusted up for greaterdownforce during a track event.

To change the angle of the rearwing, remove the rear attachingbolts and move them to the upperhole. Tighten the bolts to 9Y(6.6 lb ft). Return the wing to thefactory location following the trackevent. Every time the wing isadjusted, re-apply threadlocker tothe attachment bolts. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 321.

Front Compartment AirDeflector Panel

Prior to the track event, whenambient temperatures are above 27°C (80 °F), the panel between thefront fascia extension and the frontcradle can be removed to maximizecooling air flow to the steering gearpower assist motor.

To remove the air deflector:

1. Remove the four front (2) andthree rear (4) frontcompartment air deflectorscrews.



2. Remove the forwardpush pin (1).

3. Remove the front compartmentair deflector (3) by tipping therear down and sliding it outfrom under the lower deflectorpanel.

When the track events arecomplete, reinstall this panel.

Z07 Performance Package

Z06 with the Z07 PerformancePackage has installed Stage 2 andStage 3 Aero Packages, whichconsist of a front splitter with shortend caps, rocker panel extensions,and a rear spoiler.

Stage 3 Aero components aredelivered but not installed on thevehicle. These are intended to beinstalled for track use only. Thecomponents include:

. Front splitter tall end caps thatreplace the front splitter shortend caps

. A center transparent wicker billfor the rear spoiler

{ Warning

Changing the following tracksettings could reduce tire tractionand could cause a crash. Do notchange the track settings.

The track settings for the Z07Performance Package with theStage 3 Aero Package are:

. The front splitter tall end capsinstalled

. The center transparent wickerbill installed all the way up onthe rear spoiler

. The Driver Mode Selector inTrack Mode

Stingray with PerformancePackage-Carbon Fiber (CFZ)

The Stingray with PerformancePackage-Carbon Fiber (CFZ) hasan installed aero package whichconsists of a front splitter with shortend caps, rocker panel extensions,and a rear spoiler. A centertransparent wicker bill for the rear

spoiler is delivered but not installed.This is intended to be installed fortrack use only.

Front Brake Cooling Duct Kit(Z06 and ZR1)

The following installation procedureis for Z06/ZR1 vehicles. The uppercooling ducts should be installedprior to any track events or highspeed straight runs.

To install the cooling ducts:

1. Remove the front wheels.Refer to the procedure in thevehicle service manual.



2. Position the u-nut on theupper duct.

3. Position the upper duct andsnap it into the tabs on theairbox assembly. Position theupper duct through the bottomof the vehicle to bring it closeto the tab position.

4. Align the lower control armdeflector hole to the upper ducthole. Install the screw andtorque it to 4Y (35 lb inch).

5. Repeat the procedure for theopposite side of the vehicle.

6. Install the front wheels. Referto the procedure in the vehicleservice manual.

Prepare the vehicle for street use byremoving the upper cooling ductsinstalled prior to the track event.

Wheel Blocker

The following installation procedureis for Z06 vehicles with the J56brake package and should beinstalled prior to any track events.The wheel blocker helps improvethe cooling of the brake rotor.

Caution

The wheel blocker is for track useonly. After a track event, removethe wheel blocker and reinstallthe original splash shield. Failureto reinstall the original parts maylead to damage to the wheelblocker, noise, premature brakepad and rotor wear, and highspeed wet braking.



To install the wheel blocker:

1. Remove the front wheels.Refer to the procedure in thevehicle service manual.

2. Remove the brake caliper (1)from the steering knuckle. Donot disconnect the brake hose.Refer to the procedure in thevehicle service manual.

3. Remove the brake rotorretaining fastener (2) and thenremove the brake rotor (3).

4. Remove the two splash shieldfasteners (4).

5. Remove the splash shield (5).

6. Install the wheel blocker (1).

7. Install the three wheel blockerfasteners (2). Torque to 10Y(89 lb inch).

8. Install the rotor (1) with thefastener (2). Torque to 10Y(89 lb inch).



9. Install the caliper (1) with thetwo fasteners (2). Torque to220Y (162 lb ft).

10. Repeat the procedure for theopposite side of the vehicle.

11. Reinstall the wheels using thespecified lug nut torque. Referto the procedure in the vehicleservice manual.

12. After a track event, repeat thesteps to reinstall the originalsplash shield.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Caution

Driving through deep puddles orstanding water can cause waterto come in through the engine airintake and damage the engine.If deep puddles or standing watercannot be avoided, proceed withcaution and do not exceed 8 km/h(5 mph). Do not drive throughwater that may come close to orcover the vehicle’s underbody.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.



Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 265.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, crash).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 198.


174 Driving and Operating. The Antilock Brake System

(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 195.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use Roadside

Assistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 334. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 186.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idle



speed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 198.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 298.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called the

vehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.



Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). This label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipmenttires (3) and the recommended

cold tire inflation pressures (4).For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires 0 265and Tire Pressure 0 274.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification label. It may showthe Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) forthe front and rear axle. See“Certification Label” later in thissection.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to



your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 1 = 181 kg(400 lbs)

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 1 =68 kg (150 lbs)

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 113 kg(250 lbs)

Example 2



3. Available Cargo Weight =45 kg (100 lbs)

Example 3



3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs)

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined



weight of the driver, passengersand cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the rearedge of the driver door. It mayshow the gross weight capacityof the vehicle, called the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants, fueland cargo.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.

{ Warning

Things you put inside yourvehicle can strike and injurepeople in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.

. Put things in the reararea of your vehicle. Tryto spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin your vehicle.

. When you carrysomething inside thevehicle, secure itwhenever you can.



Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InFollow these recommendedguidelines during the first 2 414 km(1,500 mi) of driving this vehicle.Parts have a break-in period andperformance will be better in thelong run.

For the first 322 km (200 mi):

. To break in new tires, drive atmoderate speeds and avoid hardcornering.

. New brake linings also need abreak-in period. Avoid makinghard stops. This isrecommended every time brakelinings are replaced.

For the first 800 km (500 mi):

. Avoid full throttle starts andabrupt stops.

. Do not exceed 4000 rpm.

. Avoid driving at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,including the use of cruisecontrol.

. Avoid downshifting to brake orslow the vehicle when theengine speed will exceed4000 rpm.

. Do not let the engine labor.Never lug the engine. With amanual transmission, shift to thenext lower gear. This ruleapplies at all times, not justduring the break-in period.

. If equipped with a dry sumpengine (Stingray with Z51,Grand Sport, and Z06), the initialoil and filter change must beperformed at 800 km (500mi).

For the first 2 414 km (1,500 mi):

. Do not participate in trackevents, sport driving schools,or similar activities.

. Check engine oil with everyrefueling and add if necessary.Oil and fuel consumption may behigher than normal.

Front Air DamIf equipped, the front air dam hasminimal ground clearance.

Under normal operation, thecomponents will occasionallycontact some road surfaces (speedbumps, driveway ramps, etc.). Thiscan be heard inside the vehicle as ascraping noise. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem.

Use care when approaching bumpsor objects on road surfaces andavoid them when possible.

Composite MaterialsThis vehicle may be equipped withparts containing carbon fiber,sheet-molding compound, or othercomposite materials.Dealer-installed accessories mayalso contain composite materials.These parts and accessories mayinclude the splitter or rockerextensions.



{ Warning

Exposed edges of partscontaining carbon fiber and othercomposite materials can besharp. Contact with these partscould result in injury. Use cautionto avoid contacting these parts,including when washing thevehicle. If the parts are damaged,replace the parts promptly withreplacements from your dealer.

{ Warning

Rocker extensions may breakunder pressure, resulting inproperty damage or injury. Do notstand on the rocker extension oruse it as a step.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interferenceto the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be turned on and the brakepedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press ENGINESTART/STOP once to turn theengine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 183.

Automatic Transmission

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display amessage in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). When the vehicle isshifted into P (Park), the ignition willturn off.

Manual Transmission

If the vehicle is stationary, theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 183.



Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftto P (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission. Turn theignition off.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 195.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice within five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsthe use of some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to off afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Engine 0 182. Theignition will then remain in ON/RUN.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding ENGINESTART/STOP for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle inService Mode. The instruments andaudio systems will operate as theydo in ON/RUN, but the vehicle willnot be able to be driven. The enginewill not start in Service Mode. PressENGINE START/STOP again to turnthe vehicle off.



Starting the EnginePlace the transmission in theproper gear.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 216.


Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the vehiclewhen it is already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Manual Transmission

The shift lever should be in Neutraland the parking brake engaged.Hold the clutch pedal down to thefloor, press the brake pedal, andstart the engine.

Starting the Vehicle

The RKE transmitter must be insidethe vehicle for the ignition to work.

Cell phone chargers can interferewith the operation of the KeylessAccess system. Battery chargersshould not be plugged in whenstarting or turning off the engine.

1. For vehicles with an automatictransmission, press the brakepedal, then press ENGINESTART/STOP on theinstrument panel. For vehicleswith a manual transmission,hold the clutch pedal down tothe floor, press the brake pedaland then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

If there is no RKE transmitter inthe vehicle or if there issomething causing interference

with it, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) will display amessage.

2. When the engine beginscranking, let go of the buttonand the engine cranksautomatically until it starts.

If the battery in the RKEtransmitter is weak, the DIC willdisplay a message. The vehiclecan still be driven.

See “Starting the Vehicle with aLow Transmitter Battery” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27. If theRKE transmitter battery isdead, insert it into the steeringcolumn transmitter pocket toenable engine starting.

3. Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.



4. If the engine does not start andno DIC message is displayed,wait 15 seconds before tryingagain to let the cranking motorcool down.

If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor while cranking for upto 15 seconds maximum. Waitat least 15 seconds betweeneach try, to allow the crankingmotor to cool down. When theengine starts, let go of theaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again,repeat these steps. This clearsthe extra gasoline from theengine.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

Stopping the Engine

If the vehicle has an automatictransmission, move the shift lever toP (Park) and press and holdENGINE START/STOP on theinstrument panel, until the engineshuts off. If the shift lever is not inP (Park), the engine shuts off andthe vehicle goes into the accessorymode. The DIC displays SHIFT TOPARK. Once the shift lever is movedto P (Park), the vehicle turns off.If the vehicle has a manualtransmission, move the shift lever toR (Reverse) and set the parking

brake after turning off the engine bypressing and holding ENGINESTART/STOP.

If the RKE transmitter is notdetected inside the vehicle when itis turned off, the DIC displays amessage.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)Some vehicle accessories may beused after the ignition is turned off.

The power windows and sunroof,if equipped, will continue to work forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

The infotainment system willcontinue to work for 10 minutes,until the driver door is opened,or until the ignition is turned on orplaced in ACC/ACCESSORY.



Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 195.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by holding the buttonon the lever and pushing thelever all the way toward thefront of the vehicle.

3. Press ENGINE START/STOPto turn the engine off.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running (AutomaticTransmission)

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 184.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After moving the shiftlever into P (Park), hold down theregular brake pedal. See if you canmove the shift lever away fromP (Park) without first pushing thebutton on the lever. If you can, itmeans that the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock (AutomaticTransmission)

If you are parking on a hill and youdo not shift the transmission intoP (Park) properly, the weight of thevehicle may put too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficultto pull the shift lever out of P (Park).This is called “torque lock.” Toprevent torque lock, set the parkingbrake and then shift into P (Park)properly before leaving the driverseat. To find out how, see “ShiftingInto P (Park)” previously in thissection.

When you are ready to drive, movethe shift lever out of P (Park) beforereleasing the parking brake.

If torque lock does occur, you mayneed to have another vehicle pushyours a little uphill to take some ofthe pressure from the transmissionparking pawl, so you can pull theshift lever out of P (Park).



Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic shift lock control system.The shift lock release is designed toprevent movement of the shift leverout of P (Park), unless the ignition ison and the brake pedal is applied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery. See Jump Starting -North America 0 295.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Release the parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake0 195.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still are unable to shift out ofP (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton, and let go of the shiftlever.

2. While holding down the brakepedal, press the shift leverbutton again.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), consult yourdealer or a professional towingservice.

Parking (ManualTransmission)

{ Warning

If the vehicle has a manualtransmission, never get out of thevehicle without first moving theshift lever into 1st or R (Reverse),setting the parking brake andturning the ignition off. Thevehicle can roll, which couldcause serious injury or death.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Active Fuel Management(Except ZR1/LT5)This system allows the engine tooperate on either all or half of itscylinders, depending on the drivingconditions. With a manualtransmission, the system is onlyactive in Eco Mode. With anautomatic transmission, the systemis available in all modes, but is moreaggressive in Eco Mode. See DriverMode Control 0 200.

When less power is required, suchas cruising at a constant vehiclespeed, the system will operate inthe half cylinder mode, allowing the



vehicle to achieve better fueleconomy. When greater powerdemands are required, such asaccelerating from a stop, passing,or merging onto a freeway, thesystem will maintain full-cylinderoperation.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.See Shifting Into Park 0 184 andEngine Exhaust 0 186.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter outside thevehicle, it will continue to run for upto half an hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will continue torun for up to an hour.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.


The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Manual Transmission

The timer will reset if vehicle speedexceeds 4 km/h (2.5 mph).

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 184 andEngine Exhaust 0 186. If the vehiclehas a manual transmission, seeParking (Manual Transmission)0 185.

AutomaticTransmission

There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe engine because the vehiclecannot move easily.



{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 184.

Be sure the shift lever is in P (Park)before starting the engine.

The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. Fully apply the brakes andthen press the shift lever buttonbefore shifting from P (Park) whenthe vehicle is running. If the vehiclecannot be shifted out of P (Park),ease pressure on the shift lever and

push the shift lever all the way intoP (Park) as brake application ismaintained. Then press the shiftlever button and move the shift leverinto another gear. See Shifting outof Park 0 185.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 175.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.



Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control 0 161.

The transmission can be shifted likea manual transmission using thepaddle shift controls while inD (Drive). See Manual Mode 0 189.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

M : In M (Manual Mode), thetransmission can be shifted like amanual transmission using thepaddle shift controls. See ManualMode 0 189.

Manual Mode

Manual Paddle Shift(Automatic Transmission)

When the shift lever is moved toM (Manual Mode), the transmissionenters Manual Mode. Thetransmission will hold the currentgear until a change is requested.The paddles on the steering wheelcan be used to manually upshift ordownshift the transmission. Theright (+) plus paddle upshifts, andthe left (−) minus paddle downshifts.

When using the Manual PaddleShift feature while in M (ManualMode), the current gear will bedisplayed in the instrument clusteror the Head-Up Display (HUD),if equipped. See Head-Up Display(HUD) 0 123.

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,shifting to 2 (Second) gear allowsthe vehicle to gain more traction.

The Manual Paddle Shift systemcan be deactivated by moving theshift lever from M (Manual Mode)back to D (Drive).



When the shift lever is in D (Drive),press either the right (+) plus paddleor the left (−) minus paddle to placethe transmission in TemporaryManual Paddle Shift mode. Thegear indicator next to the shift lever,in the cluster, and in the HUD willdisplay an M, even though the shiftlever is still in D (Drive). To exit thesystem, hold the (+) plus paddle formore than one second. The systemwill return to automatic shifting aftersix seconds of cruising at a steadyspeed, no manual shifts, noaggressive cornering, or when thevehicle comes to a stop.

While the Manual Paddle Shift gearselection system is active, thetransmission will automaticallydownshift through the gears as the

vehicle slows. The transmission willselect 1 (First) gear as the vehiclestops. From a stop, the vehicle willstart from and hold 1 (First) gearunless the manual paddle shifts areused to shift into a different gear,or D (Drive) is selected.

If the left (−) minus paddle is helddown briefly, the transmission willdownshift to the lowest gearpossible for the vehicle speed. If thepaddle continues to be held as thevehicle slows, downshifts willcontinue to occur as vehicle speedallows. This feature also workswhile in Temporary Manual PaddleShift mode, but first press andrelease the (−) minus paddle toenter Temporary Manual PaddleShift mode, then press and hold the(−) minus paddle briefly.

The Manual Paddle Shift system willnot allow an upshift or a downshift ifthe vehicle speed is too fast or tooslow, nor will it allow a start from3 (Third) or higher gear.

If upshifting does not occur whenneeded, vehicle speed will belimited to protect the engine.

When a requested shift is denieddue to the speed restrictions shown,a DIC message will be displayed,and the current gear remainsdisplayed in the instrument clusterand HUD.

Manual Paddle Shift operation isavailable for use with cruise control.See Cruise Control 0 207.

The vehicle speeds required forManual Paddle Shift upshiftsdepend on several vehicle inputs,which will vary the allowed upshiftspeed by a few km/h (mph).

For Vehicles with a 2.41:1 AxleRatio (RPOGXB)

. Upshifts to 3 (Third) gear requireapproximately 25 km/h (16 mph).

. Upshifts to 4 (Fourth) gearrequire approximately 37 km/h(23 mph).

. Upshifts to 5 (Fifth) gear requireapproximately 48 km/h (30 mph).

. Upshifts to 6 (Sixth) gear requireapproximately 60 km/h (37 mph).


Driving and Operating 191. Upshifts to 7 (Seventh) gear

require approximately 74 km/h(46 mph).

. Upshifts to 8 (Eighth) gearrequire approximately 95 km/h(59 mph).

To prevent damage to thepowertrain, Manual Paddledownshifts to a lower gear cannotbe done above certain speeds. Themaximum speed allowed fordownshifting of gears 1 (First)through 7 (Seventh) are:

. Into 7 (Seventh) gear over365 km/h (227 mph).

. Into 6 (Sixth) gear over 309 km/h(192 mph).

. Into 5 (Fifth) gear over 243 km/h(151 mph).

. Into 4 (Fourth) gear over183 km/h (114 mph).

. Into 3 (Third) gear over 149 km/h(93 mph).

. Into 2 (Second) gear over100 km/h (62 mph).

. Into 1 (First) gear over 62 km/h(39 mph).

For Vehicles with a 2.73:1 AxleRatio (RPOGU2)

. Upshifts to 3 (Third) gear requireapproximately 24 km/h (15 mph).

. Upshifts to 4 (Fourth) gearrequire approximately 34 km/h(21 mph).

. Upshifts to 5 (Fifth) gear requireapproximately 43 km/h (27 mph).

. Upshifts to 6 (Sixth) gear requireapproximately 55 km/h (34 mph).

. Upshifts to 7 (Seventh) gearrequire approximately 64 km/h(40 mph).

. Upshifts to 8 (Eighth) gearrequire approximately 82 km/h(51 mph).

To prevent damage to thepowertrain, Manual Paddledownshifts to a lower gear cannotbe done above certain speeds. The

maximum speed allowed fordownshifting of gears 1 (First)through 7 (Seventh) are:

. Into 7 (Seventh) gear over321 km/h (199 mph).

. Into 6 (Sixth) gear over 272 km/h(169 mph).

. Into 5 (Fifth) gear over 214 km/h(133 mph).

. Into 4 (Fourth) gear over161 km/h (100 mph).

. Into 3 (Third) gear over 131 km/h(93 mph).

. Into 2 (Second) gear over88 km/h (62 mph).

. Into 1 (First) gear over 55 km/h(39 mph).

If an upshift is not requested as theengine speed approaches fuelshutoff rpm, the engine speed willbe limited to protect the engine. SeeTachometer 0 108.



Manual Transmission

To operate:

1 : Press the clutch pedal and shiftinto 1 (First). Then slowly let up onthe clutch pedal as the acceleratorpedal is pressed.

This can be done if the vehicle isgoing less than 64 km/h (40 mph).If the vehicle is at a complete stopand it is hard to shift into 1 (First),put the shift lever in Neutral and letup on the clutch. Then press theclutch pedal back down and shiftinto 1 (First).

2 : Press the clutch pedal whileletting up on the accelerator pedaland shift into 2 (Second). Then,slowly let up on the clutch pedal asthe accelerator pedal is pressed.

3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 : Shift into3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth),6 (Sixth), and 7 (Seventh) the sameway as for 2 (Second).

To stop, let up on the acceleratorpedal and press the brake pedal.Just before the vehicle stops, pressthe clutch pedal and the brakepedal, and shift to Neutral.

Neutral : Use to start or idle theengine. Neutral is the centerposition of the shift pattern.

R : To back up, push the clutchpedal and shift into R (Reverse).Additional pressure may be neededto move the lever past 5 (Fifth) and6 (Sixth) into R (Reverse). Let up onthe clutch pedal slowly whilepressing the accelerator pedal.

The vehicle can be safely shiftedinto R (Reverse) while the vehicle ismoving less than 5 km/h (3 mph).If the vehicle is going faster thanthat, R (Reverse) is locked out.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the manual transmissionfluid is too hot. Driving at highspeed under this condition candamage the vehicle. Drive at aslower speed, or stop and idle theengine to cool the manualtransmission fluid. The messageclears when the vehicle hasslowed and the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.



Shift Speeds

Use the following shift speeds,shown in km/h (mph), for the bestfuel economy.

1 to 4 27 (17)

4 to 5 40 (25)

5 to 6 64 (40)

6 to 7 72 (45)

Caution

When shifting gears, do not movethe shift lever aroundunnecessarily. This may damagethe transmission. Shift directlyinto the next gear.

1–4 Shift Message(LT5 and ZR1)

When the DIC displays thismessage, the vehicle can only beshifted from 1 (First) to 4 (Fourth).

Downshifting

Do not downshift into the gear at aspeed greater than shown:

1 (First) 72 km/h (45 mph)

2 (Second) 107 km/h (67 mph)

3 (Third) 160 km/h(100 mph)

4 (Fourth) 233 km/h(145 mph)

Caution

When downshifting, if more thanone gear is skipped, or the engineis racing when the clutch pedal isreleased, the engine, clutch,driveshaft or transmission couldbe damaged.

If the engine speed drops below900 rpm, or if the engine is notrunning smoothly, downshift to thenext lower gear. It may benecessary to downshift two or moregears.

The transmission has a spring thatcenters the shift lever near 3 (Third)and 4 (Fourth). This spring helps toknow what gear the shift lever is inwhen shifting. Be careful whenshifting from 1 (First) to 2 (Second)or downshifting from 7 (Seventh) to6 (Sixth). The spring will try to pullthe shift lever toward 4 (Fourth) and3 (Third). Move the lever into2 (Second) or 6 (Sixth) and do notlet the shift lever move in thedirection of the pulling, or it couldshift from 1 (First) to 4 (Fourth) orfrom 7 (Seventh) to 4 (Fourth).

If the vehicle is not upshifted as theengine speed approaches fuelshutoff rpm, the engine speed willbe limited to protect the engine. SeeTachometer 0 108.

Active Rev MatchVehicles equipped with a manualtransmission have Active Rev Match(ARM). ARM aids in smoothershifting by matching the enginespeed to the next selected gear. Bymonitoring shift lever and clutchoperation, ARM adjusts engine



speed to match a calibrated valuebased on gear selection. Onupshifts and downshifts, enginespeed will be increased anddecreased to match vehicle roadspeed and transmission gearposition. ARM is maintained whilethe clutch pedal is pressed, but willdeactivate if the shift lever is left inN (Neutral).

The system is activated anddeactivated by pressing either of thepaddles marked REV MATCH onthe steering wheel. The system

must be activated with each newignition cycle. The system isnormally off.

A gear indicator in the instrumentcluster displays the current gearselected:

. When ARM is activated, thegear number is amber.

. When ARM is deactivated, thegear number is white.

. A white dash indicates thatservice is required. ARM will bedisabled, and the malfunctionindicator lamp will be on. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 113. Theclutch and manual transmissionwill continue to operate normally.

ARM will also:

. Be active above 25 km/h(16 mph).

. Match engine speed up to5400 rpm.

. Not operate when theaccelerator pedal is applied.

. Be disabled when the coolanttemperature is below 0 °C (32 °F).



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 117.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake



The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can alwaysbe activated, even if the ignition isoff. To prevent draining the battery,avoid repeated cycles of the EPBsystem when the engine is notrunning.

The system has aY or PARK

Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8Service Parking Brake light.See Electric Parking Brake Light0 116 and Service Electric ParkingBrake Light 0 116.

Before leaving the vehicle, check fortheY or PARK light to ensure thatthe EPB is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

TheY or PARK light will flash andthen stay on once the EPB is fullyapplied. If theY or PARK light

flashes continuously, then the EPBis only partially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagewill display. Release the EPB andtry to apply it again. If the light doesnot come on, or keeps flashing,have the vehicle serviced. Do notdrive the vehicle if theY or PARKlight is flashing. See your dealer.See Electric Parking Brake Light0 116.

If the 8 light is on, press the EPBswitch and hold it. Continue to holdthe switch until theY or PARK

light remains on. If the 8 lightremains on, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch ispressed. If the switch is presseduntil the vehicle comes to a stop,the EPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This is

normal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block therear wheels to prevent vehiclemovement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:


2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when theYor PARK light is off.

If the 8 light is on, release the EPBby pressing and holding the EPBswitch. Continue to hold the switchuntil theY or PARK light is off.If either light stays on after releaseis attempted, see your dealer.



Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

The EPB can also be used toprevent roll back for vehicles with amanual transmission taking off on ahill. When no roll back is desired, anapplied EPB will allow both feet tobe used for the clutch andaccelerator pedals in preparation forstarting the vehicle moving in theintended direction. In this case,there is no need to press the switchto release the EPB.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)If equipped, Hill Start Assist (HSA)may automatically activate when thevehicle is stopped on a grade. Thisfeature is designed to prevent thevehicle from rolling, either forward orrearward, during vehicle drive off.During the transition from releasingthe brake pedal to accelerating todrive off on a grade, HSA holds thebraking pressure to prevent rolling.HSA will not activate if the vehicle isin a drive gear and facing downhillor if the vehicle is facing uphill andin R (Reverse).



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and a StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system. These systems help limitwheel spin and assist the driver inmaintaining control, especially onslippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that therear wheels are spinning too muchor are beginning to lose traction.When this happens, TCS appliesthe brakes to the spinning wheeland reduces engine power (byclosing the throttle and managingengine spark) to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used whenTCS begins to limit wheel spin, thecruise control will automaticallydisengage. Cruise control may bereengaged when road conditionsallow. See Cruise Control 0 207.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 175and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.



2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

The TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button ison the center console.

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light iilluminates in the instrument cluster.To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until the

Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g illuminate and stayon in the instrument cluster.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC onagain, press and release g. TheTraction Off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g in the instrumentcluster turn off.

If the Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) system is malfunctioningand the DIC displays SERVICETIRE MONITOR SYSTEM,StabiliTrak/ESC will be affected asfollows:

. StabiliTrak/ESC cannot beturned off by the driver.

. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, it will beturned on automatically.

. Competitive Driving Mode orPerformance TractionManagement is unavailable.

. StabiliTrak/ESC will feel differentin aiding and maintainingdirectional control.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 220.



Driver Mode Control

The Driver Mode Selector knob ison the console behind the shiftlever.

If equipped, there are five modes fordifferent driving conditions: Weather(except ZR1), Eco (except ZR1),Tour, Sport, and Track.

The outer ring turns to change themodes, which display in theinstrument cluster.

Press the button in the center of theknob for StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC) and TractionControl System (TCS), or if thevehicle is in Track Mode withPerformance Traction Management(PTM). See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 198 orthe information on PTM inCompetitive Driving Mode 0 203.

When PTM is active, the outer ringwill change the PTM mode and theDriver mode will display in theinstrument cluster.

Each mode is configured for use indifferent driving conditions. Use:

. Weather Mode for rain and snow(except ZR1).

. Eco Mode to improve fueleconomy (except ZR1).

. Tour Mode for comfortablenormal driving.

. Sport Mode for spirited on roaddriving.

. Track Mode for track use.

There are 12 attributes that vary bymode shown below. Not all vehicleshave all features, depending on thevehicle options.



Modes: WEATHER(exceptZR1)

ECO(exceptZR1)

TOURDefault

SPORT TRACK

Cluster Display Tour Tour Tour Sport Track

Throttle Progression Weather Normal Normal Sport Track

Trans Shift Mode (if equipped) Normal Normal Normal Sport Track

Active Fuel Management Normal Eco Normal Normal Normal

Exhaust Mode Eco Eco Tour Sport Track

Steering Comfort Comfort Comfort Sport Track

Stability Control Normal Normal Normal Comp ModeAvail

Comp ModeAvail

Electronic Limited Slip (if equipped) Mode 1 Mode 1 Mode 1 Mode 2 Modes 2& 3

Magnetic Ride (if equipped) Tour Tour Tour Sport Track

Launch Control NA NA NA NA Available

Traction Control Weather Normal Normal Normal Track

Performance Traction or Competitive DrivingMode (if equipped)

Off Off Off Off Available



Driver Mode Selector AttributesAffected

Instrument Cluster Display

Configures the gauge clusterdisplay for each mode when linked(default):

. Tour: Modern theme whichfeatures displays for audio andnavigation.

. Sport: Classic easy to readSports Car gauges.

. Track: Gauges design based onCorvette Racing display with laptimer.

Throttle Progression

Adjusts throttle sensitivity byselecting how quickly or slowly thethrottle reacts to input.

For ZR1 automatics, somecustomers may hear a clicking noiseor feel a detent when pressing theaccelerator pedal all the way downto the end of travel. This is normaloperation. The accelerator pedalhas a wide open throttle detentbutton which provides the customer

with a tactile feedback when theyhave reached full accelerator pedaltravel. Depressing the pedal throughthe detent button provides driverfeedback of an upcoming vehicledownshift in normal drivingconditions. The detent feedbackwindow is reduced while operatingin Performance Algorithm Liftfoot(PAL) or Performance AlgorithmShift (PAS).

Transmission Shift Mode − PaddleShift Automatic

. Adjusts to either a smoother orfirmer shift.

. Sport – Performance AlgorithmLiftfoot (PAL) recognizesaggressive throttle maneuversand holds lower gears forgreater engine braking andenhanced vehicle control whennot using paddles. (Available inSport or Track Mode.)

. Track – Performance AlgorithmShift (PAS) recognizesaggressive cornering, heavy

braking, and high acceleration toselect and hold lower gearswhen not using paddles.

Active Fuel Management (exceptZR1) (engine cylinder shuts off)4-Cylinder Mode

. Normal with automatictransmission: The engine uses8-cylinder mode whenaccelerating, but changes to4-cylinder mode when coasting.

. With manual transmission:Active Fuel Management onlyactive in Eco Mode.

. Off in Manual Mode withautomatic transmission unless inEco Mode.

. Eco keeps the engine in4-cylinder mode unless heavyacceleration is needed.

Exhaust (variable mode exhaustsystem)

Changes when the variable exhaustvalves open.



Steering (Assist Effort)

Adjusts from a lighter steering feelto reduced assist for moresteering feel.

Magnetic Ride Control (ifequipped)

Adjusts the shock dampeningfirmness based on drivingconditions to improve comfort andperformance.

Launch Control

Available only in Track Mode formaximum “off-the-line” accelerationwhen in Competitive or PTM modes.

Stability Control

. Competitive Driving Mode allowsless computer control to permitsome slide and drift and isselected with g – only availablein Sport or Track Mode.

. StabiliTrak/ESC can be turnedoff by pressing and holding g for10 seconds.

PTM (Performance TractionManagement) (if equipped)

. Available in Track Mode.

. There are five selectablesettings if Competitive DrivingMode is activated.

Competitive Driving ModeIf equipped, Competitive DrivingMode, Performance TractionManagement, and Launch Controlare systems designed to allowincreased performance whileaccelerating and/or cornering. Thisis accomplished by regulating andoptimizing the engine, brakes, andsuspension performance. Thesemodes are for use at a closedcourse race track and are notintended for use on public roads.They will not compensate for driverinexperience or lack of familiaritywith the race track. Drivers whoprefer to allow the system to havemore control of the engine, brake,and suspension are advised to turnthe normal Traction Control System(TCS) and StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system on.

Caution

Attempting to shift when the drivewheels are spinning and do nothave traction may cause damageto the transmission. Damagecaused by misuse of the vehicleis not covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not attempt to shiftwhen the drive wheels do nothave traction.

Competitive Driving Mode

Competitive Driving Mode allows fullengine power while StabiliTrakhelps maintain directional control ofthe vehicle by selective brakeapplication. In this mode, TCS is off.Launch Control is available if inTrack Mode. Adjust your drivingstyle to account for the availableengine power. See “Launch Control”later in this section.



These lights are on when thevehicle is in the CompetitiveDriving Mode.

In order to select this optionalhandling mode, the vehicle modemust be in Sport or Track Mode. Invehicles equipped with PerformanceTraction Management (PTM), theCompetitive Driving Mode is onlyavailable in Sport Mode. In vehiclesnot equipped with PTM, theCompetitive Driving Mode isavailable in Sport and Track Mode.Then quickly press g on the centerconsole two times. STABILITRAK/ESC COMPETITIVE MODEdisplays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

When g is pressed again, the

traction off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g will go out.

Performance TractionManagement (ZR1, Z06, GrandSport, and Stingray with FE4)

Performance Traction Management(PTM) integrates the TractionControl, StabiliTrak/ESC, andMagnetic Ride Control systems toprovide improved and consistentperformance when cornering. The

amount of available engine power isbased on the mode selected, trackconditions, driver skill, and theradius of each corner.

This light is on when the vehicle isin the PTM mode.

To select this optional handlingmode, the vehicle mode must beTrack. Then quickly press the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC g button on thecenter console two times. PERFTRAC 1 - WET ACTIVE HANDLINGON displays in the DIC.

To experience the performancebenefit of this system, after enteringa curve and at the point wherenormal acceleration occurs, fullypush the accelerator pedal. ThePTM system will modify the level ofengine power for a smooth andconsistent corner exit.



The PTM system contains fivemodes. These modes are selectedby turning the Selective RideControl/Performance TractionManagement MODE SELECT knobon the center console. Scroll up ordown through modes 1–5 by turningthe MODE SELECT knob to theright or left.

The following is a DIC displaydescription and the recommendedusage of each mode:

PERF TRAC 1 – WET ACTIVEHANDLING ON. Intended for all driver skill levels.

. Wet or damp conditions only —not intended for use in heavyrain or standing water.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is on andengine power is reduced basedon conditions.

PERF TRAC 2 – DRY ACTIVEHANDLING ON. For use by less experienced

drivers or while learning a newtrack.

. Dry conditions only.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is on andengine power is slightly reduced.

PERF TRAC 3 – SPORTACTIVE HANDLING ON. For use by drivers who are

familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmode 2.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is on and moreengine power is available than inmode 2.

PERF TRAC 4 – SPORTACTIVE HANDLING OFF. For use by drivers who are

familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmodes 2 or 3.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is off andavailable engine power is thesame as mode 3.

PERF TRAC 5 – RACE ACTIVEHANDLING OFF. For use by experienced drivers

who are familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanin other modes.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is off andengine power is available formaximum cornering speed.

Press and release g to turn off PTMand return to the traction control andStabiliTrak/ESC systems. Thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak/



ESC OFF light g will go out.

Launch Control (TrackMode Only)

A Launch Control feature isavailable, within Competitive DrivingMode, on all vehicles to allow thedriver to achieve high levels ofvehicle acceleration in a straightline. Launch Control is a form oftraction control that manages tirespin while launching the vehicle.This feature is intended for useduring closed course race eventswhere consistent zero to60 and quarter mile times aredesirable.

Launch Control is only availablewhen the following criteria are met:

. Competitive Driving Mode isselected or any of thePerformance TractionManagement modes areselected. The TCS light comeson the instrument cluster and theappropriate DIC messagedisplays.

. The vehicle is not moving.

. The steering wheel is pointingstraight.

Manual Transmissions

. The clutch is pressed and thevehicle is in 1 (First) gear.

. The accelerator pedal is rapidlyapplied to wide open throttle.

The Launch Control feature willinitially limit engine speed as thedriver rapidly applies the acceleratorpedal to wide open throttle. Allowthe engine rpm to stabilize.A smooth, quick release of theclutch, while maintaining the fullypressed accelerator pedal, willmanage wheel slip. Complete shiftsas described in ManualTransmission 0 192.

Automatic Transmissions

. The brake pedal must be firmlypressed to the floor, equivalentto a panic brake event.

. The accelerator pedal is rapidlyapplied to wide open throttle. (Ifthe vehicle rolls due to wideopen throttle, release thethrottle, press the brake pedal

more firmly, and re-apply theaccelerator to wide openthrottle.)

The Launch Control feature willinitially limit engine speed as thedriver rapidly applies the acceleratorpedal to wide open throttle. Allowthe engine rpm to stabilize.A smooth, quick release of thebrake pedal, while maintaining thefully pressed accelerator pedal, willmanage wheel slip.

After the vehicle is launched, thesystem continues in CompetitiveDriving Mode or PerformanceTraction Management.

Competitive Driving Mode, PTM,and Launch Control are systemsdesigned for a closed course racetrack and not intended for use onpublic roads. The systems are notintended to compensate for lack ofdriver experience or familiarity withthe race track.



Limited-Slip Differential(Stingray withoutZ51 Only)If equipped, the mechanicallimited-slip differential can give moretraction on snow, mud, ice, sand,or gravel. It works like a standardaxle most of the time, but whentraction is low, this feature allowsthe drive wheel with the mosttraction to move the vehicle. Forvehicles with limited-slip differential,driven under severe conditions, therear axle fluid should be changed.See Competitive Driving Mode0 203 and Maintenance Schedule0 312.

Limited-Slip Differential(ZR1, Z06, Grand Sport,and Stingray with Z51)If equipped, the ElectronicLimited-Slip Differential (eLSD) isautomatically activated. eLSDactively monitors vehicle sensorsand driver inputs to determine theamount of change for theconditions. With eLSD, thevehicle has:

. Enhanced high-speed control

. Improved traction throughcorners, allowing moreacceleration

. More precise steering

. Increased vehicle agility

. Integration with StabiliTrak/ESC

For vehicles with eLSD, drivenunder severe conditions, the rearaxle fluid should be changed.See Competitive Driving Mode0 203 and Maintenance Schedule0 312.

Cruise ControlWith cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or morecan be maintained without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If equipped with a manualtransmission, the cruise control willremain active when the gears areshifted. The cruise is disengaged ifthe clutch is pressed for severalseconds.



If the Traction Control System (TCS)begins to limit wheel spin while youare using cruise control, the cruisecontrol automatically disengages.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 198. When roadconditions allow for using safelyagain, cruise control can be turnedback on.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

Cruise control will disengage ifeither TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC isturned off.

1 : Press to turn cruise control onor off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready engaged, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET/– : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already engaged,use to decrease vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 103.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Setting Cruise Control

If 1 is on when not in use, SET/– orRES/+ could get pressed and gointo cruise when not desired. Keep1 off when cruise is notbeing used.

1. Press 1 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET/– onthe steering wheel.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 103.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.



Once the vehicle reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, brieflypress RES/+. The vehicle returns tothe previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

Do one of the following:

. Press and hold RES/+ until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressRES/+. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) faster.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

Do one of the following:

. Press and hold SET/– until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET/–. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) slower.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed.

While pressing the accelerator pedalor shortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing SET/– will result in cruiseset to the current vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. When going downhill, youmight have to brake or shift to alower gear to keep your speeddown. If the brake pedal is applied,cruise control will disengage.

Cruise Control in Manual PaddleShift Gear Selection

When the vehicle is in M (ManualMode) and the manual paddle shiftcontrols are not being used, cruisecontrol operates in the samemanner as D (Drive).

When the vehicle is in M (ManualMode) and the manual paddle shiftcontrols are being used, cruisecontrol operates as follows:

. If cruise control is active and agear is selected with the manualpaddle shift controls, the vehiclespeed is maintained in the driverselected gear and will notautomatically upshift ordownshift the transmission whilethe driver’s gear selection isactive.

. If driving in hilly terrain, cruisecontrol may not be able tomaintain vehicle speed if anupshift or downshift is notselected by the driver. Whiledriving on hilly terrain and cruisecontrol is active with a manualpaddle shift gear selection, the



driver must select the propergear for the terrain or select D(Drive) on the shift lever for fullautomatic transmissionoperation.

Ending Cruise Control

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press the clutch pedal forseveral seconds or shift toNeutral (manual transmissions).

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral) (automatictransmissions).

. Press*.

. To turn off cruise control,press 1.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 1 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.

Driver AssistanceSystems

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC) and Curb View Camera mayhelp the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of approximately 12km/h (8 mph).

The camera is above the licenseplate.

1. View displayed by thecamera.



1. View displayed by thecamera.

2. Corner of the rear bumper.

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

Curb View Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays in theinfotainment display. The displayshows a front, top down view at thetop and left and right front cameraimages on the bottom.

The front view shows after shiftingfrom R (Reverse) to a forward gear,or by pressing CAMERA in thecenter stack, and when the vehicleis moving forward slower than8 km/h (5 mph).

The front cameras are on both sidesof the front fascia.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Turning the Features On or Off

To turn the guidance lines on or off,select the guidance lines button onthe infotainment display. On somemodels the guidance lines may beturned on or off through vehiclepersonalization.



When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The RVC system may not workproperly or display a clear image if:

. It is dark.

. The sun or the beam ofheadlamps is shining directlyinto the camera lens.

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything elsebuilds up on the camera lens.Clean the lens, rinse it withwater, and wipe it with a softcloth.

. The back of the vehicle is in acrash. The position andmounting angle of the cameracan change or the camera canbe affected. Be sure to have thecamera and its position andmounting angle checked at yourdealer.

Fuel

Top Tier FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine clean, reduce enginedeposits, and maintain optimalvehicle performance. Look for theTOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Recommended Fuel(LT1 6.2L V8 Engine)Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Premium unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 93 ishighly recommended for bestperformance and fuel economy.Unleaded gasoline with an octanerated as low as 87 can be used.Using unleaded gasoline ratedbelow 93 octane, however, will leadto reduced acceleration and fueleconomy. If knocking occurs, use agasoline rated at 93 octane as soonas possible, otherwise, the enginecould be damaged. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline with a 93 octane rating, theengine needs service.



Recommended Fuel(LT4 and LT5 6.2LSuperchargedV8 Engines)Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Use premium unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 93.If unavailable, unleaded gasolinewith a posted octane rating of91 may be used, but with reducedperformance and fuel economy.If the octane is less than 91, theengine could be damaged and therepairs would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. If heavy knockingis heard when using gasoline ratedat 93 octane, the engine needsservice.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16–50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal,ferrocene, and aniline.These fuels can corrodemetal fuel system parts ordamage plastic and rubberparts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see ProhibitedFuels 0 213.

Fuel AdditivesTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your country doesnot have TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, add ACDelco Fuel



System Treatment Plus−Gasoline tothe vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank atevery oil change or 15,000 km(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline andACDelco Fuel System TreatmentPlus−Gasoline will help keep yourvehicle’s engine fuel deposit freeand performing optimally.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronicdevices while refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel.

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door. The fuel door is lockedwhen the vehicle doors are locked.Press K on the RKE transmitter tounlock. The driver door must beopened before the fuel door willunlock.

The vehicle has a capless refuelingsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.



{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds before removing thenozzle. After initial shutoff, do notpartially remove the nozzle to addmore fuel as this will result in fuelspillage. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 300.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

shutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablegas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from inside the vehicle.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You can be badly burned

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

and the vehicle damaged if thisoccurs. To help avoid injury to youand others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside ofthe fill opening beforeoperating the nozzle.Contact should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete.

. Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using electronicdevices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformation

{ Warning

Never tow a trailer with yourvehicle. It was not designed orintended to tow a trailer.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 113.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.



Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 83 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 83.


218 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 219California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 220

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 237Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 239Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 239Cooling System (Engine) . . . . . 242Cooling System (AeroPanel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Cooling System (Intercooler onLT4 and LT5 Engines) . . . . . . . 247

Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 247Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Battery - North America . . . . . . 251Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 253Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 254

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 254Windshield Replacement . . . . . 255Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 257High Intensity Discharge (HID)Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 257

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 258Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Competition Oriented Tires . . . 268Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 269Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282


Vehicle Care 219

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 284Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 298Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 251and Jump Starting - North America0 295 and the back cover.


220 Vehicle Care

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83.

Lifting the Vehicle

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle can cause aninjury. The vehicle can slip off thejack and roll over you or otherpeople. You and they could bebadly injured. Find a level placeto lift your vehicle. To helpprevent the vehicle from moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine.

To be even more certain thevehicle will not move, put blocksin front of and behind the wheels.


Vehicle Care 221

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle or the vehiclemay fall and cause injury to youor others.

If a jack is used to lift the vehicle,follow the instructions that camewith the jack, and be sure to use thecorrect lifting points to avoiddamaging the vehicle.

Caution

Lifting the vehicle improperly candamage it and result in costlyrepairs not covered by the vehiclewarranty. To lift the vehicleproperly and prevent vehicledamage:

. Be sure to place a block orpad between the jack andthe vehicle.

. Lift only in the areas shownin the following illustrations.

For additional information, seeyour dealer and the ChevroletCorvette service manual.

Caution

The front jack pads must notcontact the rocker panels, thefront fenders, or the floor pan.If they do, damage may occur.

Lifting from the Front – Cradle

The front lifting points can beaccessed from either side of thevehicle, behind the front tires.

1. Locate the front lifting points.

2. Place a block or pad betweenthe jack and the vehicle.


222 Vehicle Care

3. Lift the vehicle with the jack.

Lifting from the Front – Frame

Use only a service jack with a liftingpad diameter of 64 mm (2.5 in) orsmaller, and thick enough to makesure the jack does not contact thevehicle body.

Position the service jack and liftingpad under the frame rail shippingslot reinforcement.

Lifting from the Rear – Cradle

The rear lifting points can beaccessed from the rear driver orpassenger side of the vehicle.

1. Locate the rear lifting points.

2. Place a block or pad betweenthe jack and the vehicle.

3. Lift the vehicle with the jack.

Lifting from the Rear – Frame

Use only a service jack with a liftingpad diameter of 64 mm (2.5 in) orsmaller, and thick enough to makesure the jack does not contact thevehicle body.

Position the service jack and liftingpad under the frame rail shippingslot reinforcement.

For more information, see DoingYour Own Service Work 0 223.


Vehicle Care 223

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 339.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83.

If equipped with remote vehiclestart, open the hood beforeperforming any service work toprevent remote starting the vehicleaccidentally. See Remote VehicleStart 0 33.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 324.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release leverinside the vehicle. It is belowthe instrument panel on thedriver side.


224 Vehicle Care

2. Go to the side of the vehicleand pull up on the rear edge ofthe hood, near the windshield.

Before closing the hood, be sure allthe filler caps are on properly. Then,pull the hood down and close itfirmly.


Vehicle Care 225

Engine Compartment Overview

6.2L LT1 V8 Engine (without Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank)


226 Vehicle Care

1. Passenger Compartment AirFilter 0 155 (Out of View).

2. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap.See Cooling System (Engine)0 242 or Cooling System (AeroPanel) 0 246 or CoolingSystem (Intercooler on LT4 andLT5 Engines) 0 247.

3. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 259.

4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 239.

5. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView).See Cooling System (Engine)0 242 or Cooling System (AeroPanel) 0 246 or CoolingSystem (Intercooler on LT4 andLT5 Engines) 0 247.

6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “Whento Add Engine Oil” underEngine Oil 0 232.

7. Engine Oil Dipstick. See“Checking Engine Oil” underEngine Oil 0 232.

8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 250.

9. Clutch Master CylinderReservoir (If Equipped). SeeHydraulic Clutch 0 239.

10. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See “Adding WasherFluid” under Washer Fluid0 248.


Vehicle Care 227

6.2L LT1 V8 Engine (Stingray with Z51 and Grand Sport – Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank)


228 Vehicle Care


2. Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank FillCap. See “Changing Engine Oiland Filter” Engine Oil 0 232.










Vehicle Care 229

6.2L LT4 V8 Engine (with Z06 – Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank)


230 Vehicle Care












Vehicle Care 231

6.2L LT5 V8 Engine (with Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank)


232 Vehicle Care











Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 237.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil (ExceptZR1, Z06, Grand Sport, andStingray with Z51)

If the ENGINE OIL LOW–ADD OILmessage displays on the DriverInformation Center (DIC), check theengine oil level right away.

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 225 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.


Vehicle Care 233

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves whenchecking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil(Except ZR1, Z06, Grand Sport,and Stingray with Z51)

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 326.

See Track Events and CompetitiveDriving 0 161 for additionalinformation on engine oil.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If the oil level isabove the operating range (i.e.,the engine has so much oil thatthe oil level gets above thecross-hatched area that showsthe proper operating range), theengine could be damaged. Drainthe excess oil or limit driving ofthe vehicle, and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 225 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.


234 Vehicle Care

Checking Engine Oil (ZR1, Z06,Grand Sport, and Stingraywith Z51)

1. Engine Oil Dipstick2. Engine Oil Fill Cap

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehiclemust be on level ground.

The engine oil dipstick handle is aloop. The dipstick is located on thedry sump engine oil tank. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 225 for the location of the drysump engine oil tank.

These vehicles have aracetrack-ready dry sump enginelubrication system. This highperformance system operatesdifferently than a standard enginelubrication system and requires aspecial procedure when checkingthe engine oil level. Follow thisprocedure closely.

The engine oil level must bechecked when the engine is warm.Cold oil level in the dry sump tankmay not indicate the actual amountof oil in the system. With thissystem, engine oil is contained in anexternal tank, separate from theengine. Under normal operatingconditions, the oil pan under theengine does not store any oil. If thevehicle has been parked for anextended period without the enginebeing started, some oil will seepback into the oil pan, reducing theamount of oil held in the dry sumptank and there could be no engineoil at all showing on the dipstick.This is normal since the dipstick isdesigned to read the engine oil levelonly after the engine has run longenough to reach normal operating

temperature. Do not add engine oilbased on cold engine dipstickreadings. The engine oil level on thedipstick will also be inaccurate ifchecked while the engine is running.

1. To obtain an accurate engineoil level reading, warm up theengine to at least 80 °C (175 °F). Cold oil will not give acorrect oil level reading.

2. Once the engine is warm, turnoff the engine. Checking the oilwhile the engine is running willresult in an incorrect oil levelreading.

3. Check the oil level betweenfive and 10 minutes after theengine is shut down.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.


Vehicle Care 235

4. Remove the dipstick from theexternal engine oil tank andwipe it with a clean lint-freepaper towel or a cloth.Re-insert the dipstick into theexternal oil tank, pushing it allthe way in until it stops.

5. Remove the dipstick from theoil tank and read the level onthe cross-hatched area.

When to Add Engine Oil (ZR1,Z06, Grand Sport, and Stingraywith Z51)

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oilthrough the oil fill cap opening in theoil tank and then recheck the level.

See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”for an explanation of what kind of oilto use. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 326.

See Track Events and CompetitiveDriving 0 161 for additionalinformation on engine oil.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If the oil level isabove the operating range (i.e.,the engine has so much oil thatthe oil level gets above thecross-hatched area that showsthe proper operating range), theengine could be damaged. Drainthe excess oil or limit driving ofthe vehicle, and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 225 for the location of the externalengine oil tank and fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback into the oil tank when through.

Changing Engine Oil and Filter(ZR1, Z06, Grand Sport, andStingray with Z51)

The vehicle may have aracetrack-ready dry sump enginelubrication system. This highperformance system operatesdifferently than a standard enginelubrication system and requires aspecial procedure when changingthe engine oil and filter. Follow thisprocedure closely when changingthe engine oil and filter.


236 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Oil Drain Plugs2. Seals

Steps to follow:

1. Remove the two engine oildrain plugs from the bottom ofthe engine oil pan. One drainplug drains the external oil tankvia the oil transfer supply line.The other drain plug drainsresidual oil from the crankcasesump. Allow the oil to drain.

2. Once the oil has been drainedfrom the engine, remove theengine oil filter and allow the oilto drain.

3. Reinstall both drain plugs andtighten them to 25 Y(18 lb ft).

4. Replace the oil filter andtighten it three-quarters to oneturn after gasket contact. SeeMaintenance ReplacementParts 0 323 for the correct filter.

5. Oil is filled through the openingin the top of the externalengine oil tank. Remove the oilfill cap.

6. Add oil to the oil tank. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 326.

7. Install the oil fill cap and insertthe dipstick, if removed.

8. Start the engine and let it runat idle for at least 15 seconds.This will circulate the freshengine oil through thelubrication system.

9. Shut off the engine and checkthe oil level as described under“Checking Engine Oil (ZR1,Z06, Grand Sport, and Stingraywith Z51).”

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 321.

Specification

Use engine oils that meet thedexos2 specification.

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos2 specification are markedwith the dexos2 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.


Vehicle Care 237

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 0W-40 viscosity gradeengine oil.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

For the LT1 and LT4 engines only,if 0W-40 dexos2 oil is not available,SAE 5W-30 dexos1 full syntheticengine oil may be used forstreet use.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos2 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Never

dispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer thatindicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

Z06, Grand Sport, ZR1, andStingray with Z51 have aracetrack-ready dry sump enginelubrication system. This highperformance system operatesdifferently than a standard enginelubrication system and requires a


238 Vehicle Care

special procedure when changingthe engine oil and filter. See EngineOil 0 232.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem may not indicate that an oilchange is necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)

since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.



How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Scroll through the DIC InfoPages menu until theREMAINING OIL LIFEpercentage is displayed. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 121.

2. Press and hold SEL on the DICwhile the Oil Life display isactive. The oil life will changeto 100%.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to thedealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer. Contact thedealer for additional information orthe procedure can be found in the


Vehicle Care 239

service manual. To purchase aservice manual, see PublicationOrdering Information 0 339.

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damagethe vehicle, and the damage maynot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use the correctautomatic transmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 321.

Change the fluid and filter at theproper intervals. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 312. Be sure to use thecorrect fluid. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 321.

Manual TransmissionFluidIt is not necessary to check themanual transmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to the

dealer and have it repaired as soonas possible. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 321 for theproper fluid to use.

Hydraulic ClutchIt is not necessary to regularlycheck clutch fluid unless yoususpect there is a leak in thesystem. Adding fluid will not correcta leak. A fluid loss in this systemcould indicate a problem. Have thesystem inspected and repaired.

The fluid will darken over time. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 312 forwhen to replace the fluid.

When to Check and Whatto Use

The hydraulic clutch fluid reservoircap has this symbol on it. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 225 for reservoir location.

Refer to Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 321 for the proper fluidto use. The fluid requires changing.See Maintenance Schedule 0 312.

How to Check and Add Fluid

Visually check the clutch fluidreservoir to make sure the fluid levelis at the MIN (minimum) line on theside of the reservoir. The hydraulicclutch fluid system should be closedand sealed.

Do not remove the cap to check thefluid level or to top off the fluid level.Remove the cap only whennecessary to add the proper fluiduntil the level reaches the MIN line.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overview0 225 for the location of the engineair cleaner/filter.


240 Vehicle Care

Caution

If water is sprayed and enters theengine air cleaner/filter intake andhousing, the engine could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 312.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (away

from the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To remove the hood extractor ductto gain access:

LT1 and LT4 Shown, LT5 Similar

1. Bolts (4)2. Hood Extractor Duct

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 223.

2. Remove the four bolts (1) andthe hood extractor duct (2).

3. Reverse Step 2 to replace thehood extractor duct.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Surge Tank Coolant Hose2. Screws (2)3. Hose Retainers (2)4. Air Duct Clamp5. Electrical Connector


Vehicle Care 241

Caution

If the engine coolant surge tankhose is not carefully lifted out ofthe hose retainers on the aircleaner/filter cover assembly, itmay be damaged and causeengine coolant to leak. Damagewould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

1. Carefully lift the surge tankcoolant hose (1) from bothhose retainers (3) and positionthe hose to be able to removethe screws securing the aircleaner/filter endcap.

2. Loosen the air duct clamp (4)at the air cleaner/filter housingendcap and move the duct outof the way.

3. Remove the electricalconnector (5) from the sensor.

4. Remove the two screws (2).

5. Turn the air cleaner/filterendcap downward anddisengage the lower endcapmounting tabs from the lowerretention hinge features. Besure to insert the lower endcapmounting tabs fully into thehousing retention hingefeatures before turning theendcap upward and replacingthe screws.

6. Inspect or replace the aircleaner/filter.

7. Reverse Steps 1–6 to replacethe air cleaner/filter endcap.

8. Replace the extractor hoodduct. See above.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Donot start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present ifthe engine backfires.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.


242 Vehicle Care

Cooling System (Engine)The cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

LT1 Engine (without Dry SumpEngine Oil Tank)

1. Coolant Surge Tank withPressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

LT1 Engine (with Dry SumpEngine Oil Tank)







Vehicle Care 243




{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 321. The fluidrequires changing at certainintervals. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 312.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 247.

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a mixture of 40% DEX-COOLcoolant and 60% clean, drinkablewater. If using this mixture, nothingelse needs to be added. Thismixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −28 °C (−18 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.


244 Vehicle Care. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

If ambient temperatures areanticipated below −28 °C (−18 °F),make sure a proper mixture ratio of50% DEX-COOL coolant and 50%clean, drinkable water is used.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level is not at orabove the cold fill line, add amixture of 40% DEX-COOL coolantand 60% clean, drinkable water atthe coolant recovery tank, but besure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done. See EngineOverheating 0 247.

The engine coolant surge tank istoward the rear of the enginecompartment on the passenger sideof the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 225.

When the engine is cold, the coolantlevel should be at the cold fill line onthe coolant surge tank.

When the engine is hot, the levelcould be higher than the cold fillline. If the coolant is below the coldfill line when the engine is hot, therecould be a leak in the coolingsystem.

If the coolant is low, add the coolantor take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.


Vehicle Care 245

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If coolant is needed, add the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture directlyto the surge tank, but be sure thecooling system is cool before thisis done.

1. When the cooling system,including the coolant surgetank pressure cap and upperradiator hose, is no longer hot,remove the pressure cap.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter turn and then stop.

If a hiss is heard, wait for thatto stop. A hiss means there isstill some pressure left.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly, and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture until thelevel inside stabilizes at thecold fill line on the front of thesurge tank.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until theupper radiator hose can be feltgetting hot. Any time duringthis procedure, watch out forthe engine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level stabilizes atthe cold fill line on the coolantsurge tank.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

6. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1−6.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.


246 Vehicle Care

Cooling System (AeroPanel)The aero panel enhancesaerodynamic efficiency andimproves fuel economy.

Remove the aero panel and bracketto improve engine cooling and airconditioning performance whendriving aggressively or in hotweather.

To remove the aero panel andbracket:

Stingray Shown, Grand Sport, Z06,and ZR1 Similar

1. Press up on the two indents atthe bottom and lift the aeropanel off the bracket.

2. Unscrew the two fasteners thatsecure the bracket.

3. Gently pull the bracket awayfrom the grille.

To replace the bracket and aeropanel:

1. Position the bracket over thegrille.

2. Secure the bracket by pushingthe two fasteners into place.

3. Snap the aero panel into place.


Vehicle Care 247

Cooling System(Intercooler on LT4 andLT5 Engines)Engine performance can be greatlyreduced when the intercoolersystem is not completely full. If thereis a decrease in engineperformance, or if the intercoolersystem has experienced a loss ofcoolant, see your dealer.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicatorsto warn of engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 110.The vehicle may also display amessage on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the decision is made not to lift thehood but to get service help rightaway, see Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 334.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine, and have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of allcoolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressure

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment with noOverheat Warning

The hood vent opening, if equipped,will allow water from rain and carwashes to enter the enginecompartment and contact hotsurfaces. If steam is coming fromthe hood vent opening with noaccompanying overheat warning, noservice is needed.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not be


248 Vehicle Care

too serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the temperature overheat gauge isno longer in the shaded area or anoverheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not come

back on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When the vehicle needs windshieldwasher fluid, be sure to read themanufacturer instructions beforeuse. If the vehicle will be operatingin an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, use a fluidthat has sufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 225.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 249

Caution (Continued)

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

Brakes

Brake Wear

Disc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.

The sound can come and go or beheard all the time the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Under certain weather or operatingconditions, occasional brake squealmight be heard with the vehicle'sperformance braking system. Thisbrake system is designed forsuperior fade resistance andconsistent operation using high

performance brake pads. Brakesqueal is normal and does not affectsystem performance.

If equipped with high performancebrake linings, there could be anincreased build-up of brake dust aswell as minor noises as comparedto standard brake linings.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Wear (ZR1, Z06, and GrandSport with J57 Ceramic Brakes)

This vehicle does not have built-inbrake pad wear indicators. Periodicvisual inspection is required todetermine when to replace thebrake pads.

The ZR1, Z06, and Grand SportCoupe with J57 models also havean electronic brake pad wear sensorsystem. When pads are worn, theCHANGE BRAKE PADS messagedisplays in the Driver InformationCenter. Some driving conditions orclimates can cause a brake squealwhen the brakes are first applied or


250 Vehicle Care

lightly applied. Brake linings shouldalways be replaced as completeaxle sets.

Brake Rotor Wear

ZR1, Z06, and Grand Sport modelsmay have ceramic brake rotors.Rotors should be visually inspectedwhenever the brake pads arereplaced. Rotors also need to beweighed before brake pads arereplaced to confirm that the rotormass is greater than the wear-outmass printed on then rotor. Therotor can be reused if the weight ofthe rotor is above the mass limit.Rotor inspection and weighingmethods can be found in the servicemanual.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or parts are improperlyinstalled.

Cold Weather Brake Operation

High performance brakecomponents may bind and clunkwhen moving the vehicle. This maybe noticeable after parking when thebrakes have been wet, such aswhen driving in the rain or after acar wash. This is normal for brakeswith high friction pads and does notaffect the operation of the brakes.Apply the brakes several times untilthe binding or clunking stops. Drivethe vehicle and apply the brakesseveral times if it is washed beforelong-term storage.

Brake Fluid

The brake/clutch master cylinderreservoir is filled with GM approvedDOT 4 brake fluid as indicated onthe reservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 225 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

Place the vehicle in P (Park) orNeutral with the parking brakeapplied if equipped with a manualtransmission. On a level surface,the brake fluid level should bebetween the minimum andmaximum marks on the brake fluidreservoir.


Vehicle Care 251

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brake/clutchhydraulic system. Have thebrake/clutch hydraulic systemfixed. With a leak, the brakes willnot work well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake/clutch hydraulicsystem.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake/clutchhydraulic system.

When the brake/clutch fluid falls to alow level, the brake warning lightcomes on. See Brake SystemWarning Light 0 115.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 312.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 4brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 321.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number onthe original battery label when anew battery is needed. For batteryreplacement, see your dealer.


252 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 219 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you are

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

not careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 295 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Some vehicles have a batterymaintainer package. Follow theinstructions provided with thebattery maintainer package to keepthe battery charged when thevehicle is not in use. Plug thebattery maintainer into the rear

accessory power outlet only. Thefront power outlet turns off after theignition is off.

For vehicles without a batterymaintainer, see the followinginformation:

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

See “Window Indexing” underPower Windows 0 46.

Extended Storage: It isrecommended that the batterymaintainer package be used.However, if not, remove the black,negative (−) cable from the battery.All vehicle memory settings willneed to be reset when batterypower is restored.

Rear Axle

When to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularlycheck rear axle fluid unless a leak issuspected or an unusual noise is


Vehicle Care 253

heard. A fluid loss could indicate aproblem. Have it inspected andrepaired.

How to Check Lubricant

To get an accurate reading, thevehicle should be on a levelsurface.

The fluid level should be at or within13 mm (0.5 in) of the bottom of thefill plug hole threads. If it is at thislevel, no additional fluid is needed.If the fluid level is below 13 mm(0.5 in), add fluid until it is abovethis level.

What to Use

To add lubricant when the level islow or to completely refill afterdraining, see Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 321. Then fill towithin 13 mm (0.5 in) of the bottomof the fill plug hole threads with therequired lubricant.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.See Electric Parking Brake0 195.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. For automatic transmissionvehicles, try to start the enginein each gear. The vehicleshould start only in P (Park) orN (Neutral). If the vehicle startsin any other position, contactyour dealer for service.

For manual transmissionvehicles, put the shift lever inNeutral, push the clutch pedaldown halfway, and try to startthe engine. The vehicle shouldstart only when the clutchpedal is pushed down all theway to the floor. If the vehiclestarts when the clutch pedal isnot pushed all the way down,contact your dealer for service.


254 Vehicle Care

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 323.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Open the hood.

2. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

3. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.

4. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

5. Remove the wiper blade.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damage

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 255

Caution (Continued)

the windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

6. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield Replacement

HUD System

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield must bereplaced, get one that is designedfor HUD or the HUD image maylook out of focus.

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installed

according to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

hood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 312.


256 Vehicle Care

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


Vehicle Care 257

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Caution

Do not replace incandescentbulbs with aftermarket LEDreplacement bulbs. This cancause damage to the vehicleelectrical system.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The High Intensity Discharge(HID) lighting system operates ata very high voltage. If you try toservice any of the systemcomponents, you could beseriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

License Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:

Passenger Side Shown, DriverSide Similar

1. Push the lamp assemblytoward the right.

2. Pull the lamp assembly downto remove.


258 Vehicle Care

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket.

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the releasetab locks into place.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses to protectagainst an electrical systemoverload. Fuses also protect powerdevices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thereare some spare fuses and a fusepuller in the Instrument Panel FuseBlock. The same amperage fusecan also be borrowed. Choosesome feature of the vehicle that isnot needed to use and replace it assoon as possible.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

FusesThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits byfuses. This greatly reduces thechance of fires caused by electricalproblems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can result

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 259

Danger (Continued)

in a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

Look at the silver-colored bandinside the fuse. If the band is brokenor melted, replace the fuse. Be sureto replace a bad fuse with a newone of the identical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockThere is one fuse block in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 225 for more information onlocation.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


260 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

2 ECM power ignition2/–

3 Front HVAC

7 ABS pump

Fuses Usage

9 –/ECM powerignition

12 Transmissioncooling rear fan 2

14 Heated seatmodule batterysupply

Fuses Usage

16 Column lockmodule

17 Steering tilt andtelescope

18 CGM

19 – / Fuel injectorcontrol modulepower ignition 1

20 Integrated chassiscontrol moduleautomatic occupantsensing

21 Glove box door

23 Engine insideposition / ECMpower ignition 3

25 Body controlmodule 6

28 HVAC controls

29 Front wiper



Vehicle Care 261

Fuses Usage

31 Heated seatmodule / run,cranksupply

32 Starter


39 Intrusion module /Human machineinterface module

40 Steeringcolumn lock

41 ABS valves

43 - / Fuel tank zonemodule batt

44 Center stack

45 Auxiliary outlet

46 Radio

47 Display

48 Interior rearviewmirror

49 Logistics

Fuses Usage

50 Engine /Transmission

51 Ignition – odd

52 Ignition – even

53 Fuel pump prime /Miscellaneouspowertrain loads

54 - / Fuel injectorcontrol modulepower ignition 2

55 Engine controlmodule 1

58 Data link connector

63 Seat fan

64 Fuel pump powermodule

65 Cluster

67 Exhaust valve 1

71 Horn

73 – / Fuel tank zonemodule ignition

74 Headlamp wash

Fuses Usage

75 AC clutch

76 – / Reartransmissioncoolant pump

77 Engine outsideposition

78 Engine controlmodule 2 /Transmissioncontrol module

79 Electric parkingbrake

81 Continuousvariable real timedampening

82 Intercooler

83 Left headlamp

84 Right headlamp

85 High-beamheadlamps

86 Washer pump

87 Exhaust valve 2

88 Reverse lockout


262 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

90 Electronic Limitedslip differential 1

92 Vacuum pump

93 Transmissioncooling rear fan 1

94 Electronic Limitedslip differential 2

95 Transmissioncontrol module

97 Canister vent valve

Relays Usage

K2 – / Engine controlmodule

K3 Starter

K4 Front wiper,Low-High

K5 Run-Crank

K8 Front wiper on off

K10 Fuel pump prime

K11 Engine controlmodule / –

Relays Usage

K15 Headlamp washer

K17 AC control

K18 Vacuum pump

K21 Low beamheadlamps

Fuses Usage

1 Spare

2 Spare

3 Spare

4 Spare

5 Spare

6 Spare

7 Spare

8 Spare

9 Spare

10 Spare

11 Spare

Rear Compartment FuseBlockThe rear compartment fuse block isin the rear of the vehicle, on top ofthe battery.


Vehicle Care 263


264 Vehicle Care

You can remove fuses using thefuse puller.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

1 Window

2 Driver power seat

3 Passive entry/Passive start 2

4 Passive entry/Passive start 1

5 Engine controlmodule

6 Heated mirrors


8 Rear windowdefogger

9 GBS


11 Steering wheel

Fuses Usage

12 Passengerpower seat

13 –

14 Exterior rearviewmirror



17 Sensing diagnosticmodule/Automaticoccupant sensing

18 Logistics 2


20 Integrated chassiscontrol module

21 Amplifier

22 Rear accessorypower outlet

24 Memory seatmodule/Convertible top

Fuses Usage

25 Theftdeterrent PSM

26 Trunk releasemodule

27 OnStar (ifequipped)

28 Camera module

29 –

30 Fuel pump powermodule

31 Trunk releasemodule latch

32 Battery regulatedvoltage control

33 –

34 Convertible topsolenoid

35 –

36 Passenger windowswitch

37 Front accessorypower outlet


Vehicle Care 265

Fuses Usage

38 –

39 –

40 –

41 –

42 –

43 –

44 –

Relays Usage

R1 –

R2 Rear windowdefogger

R3 –

R4 Front accessorypower outlet

R5 Theft (door locksecurity)

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 175.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)


266 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 275 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 280.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Run-Flat TiresThis vehicle, when new, had run-flattires. There is no spare tire, no tirechanging equipment, and no placeto store a tire in the vehicle.

The vehicle also has a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS)that indicates a loss of tire pressurein any of the tires.

{ Warning

If the low tire warning lightdisplays on the instrument cluster,the handling capabilities will bereduced during severemaneuvers. Driving too fast couldcause loss of control and you orothers could be injured. Do not

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 267

Warning (Continued)

drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) whenthe low tire warning light isdisplayed. Drive cautiously andcheck the tire pressures as soonas possible.

Run-flat tires can be driven on withno air pressure. There is no need tostop on the side of the road tochange the tire. Continue driving;however, do not drive too far or toofast. Driving on the tire may not bepossible if there is permanentdamage. To prevent permanentdamage, the tire can be driven withno air pressure for up to 80 km(50 mi) at speeds slower than80 km/h (50 mph). As soon aspossible, contact the nearestauthorized GM or run-flat servicingfacility for inspection and repair orreplacement.

When driving on a deflated run-flattire, avoid potholes and other roadhazards that could damage the tireand/or wheel beyond repair. When a

tire has been damaged, or if drivenany distance while deflated, checkwith an authorized run-flat tireservice center to determine whetherthe tire can be repaired or should bereplaced. To maintain the run-flatfeature, all replacement tires mustbe run-flat tires.

To locate the nearest GM or run-flatservicing facility, call CustomerAssistance.

The valve stems on run-flat tireshave sensors that are part of theTPMS. See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 275. These sensorscontain batteries that are designedto last for 10 years under normaldriving conditions. See your dealerfor wheel or sensor replacement.

Caution

Using liquid sealants can damagethe tire valves and tire pressuremonitor sensors in the run-flattires. This damage is not covered

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

by the vehicle warranty. Do notuse liquid sealants in run-flattires.

Low-Profile Tires

Low-Profile Performance Tires

The original equipment tires onthis vehicle are classified aslow-profile performance tires.These tires are designed forvery responsive driving on wetor dry pavement; however, theymay produce more road noiseand tend to wear faster.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contact

(Continued)


268 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

with road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.

Competition OrientedTiresThis vehicle may come with P285/30ZR19 and P335/25ZR20 MichelinPS CUP2 competition oriented tiresthat are DOT approved for streetuse. Competition oriented tires usea special tread pattern andcompound that provide more gripthan normal road tires. Theminimum tread depth will bereached earlier than typical tires,resulting in reduced tire life. Thisspecial tread pattern and compoundwill have decreased performance in

cold climates, heavy rain, andstanding water. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle when driving attemperatures below approximately10 °C (50 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads. See Winter Tires0 266.

{ Warning

Driving on wet roads, in heavyrain, or through standing waterwith competition oriented tiresmay cause hydroplaning and lossof control. Use extreme cautionand drive slowly on wet roads.

{ Warning

Driving with competition orientedtires on snow, ice, or cold roadsurfaces can cause loss of controlor a crash. Competition orientedtires are summer season tires andare not intended to be driven on

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

snow, ice, or road surfaces below10 °C (50 °F). Do not drive avehicle with competition orientedtires in these conditions.

Caution

Competition oriented tires haverubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C (20 °F). Always store competitionoriented tires indoors and attemperatures above −7 °C (20 °F)when not in use. If the tires havebeen subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) orless, let them warm up in aheated space to at least 10 °C(50 °F) for 24 hours or morebefore being installed or driving avehicle on which they areinstalled. Do not apply heat or

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 269

Caution (Continued)

blow heated air directly on thetires. Always inspect tires beforeuse. See Tire Inspection 0 278.

Summer TiresHigh Performance Summer Tires

This vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 266.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C(20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 278.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.


270 Vehicle Care

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01-52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the third

week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 282.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.


Vehicle Care 271

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of the

tire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 274.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the


272 Vehicle Care

maximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 175.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 175.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 175.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 175.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.


Vehicle Care 273

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard.See Tire Pressure 0 274 andVehicle Load Limits 0 175.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 280.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers using

government testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 282.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 175.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 175.


274 Vehicle Care

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 175.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the pressure of the tiresonce a month or more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tirepressure. Proper tire inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tiresare cold, meaning the vehiclehas not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.


Vehicle Care 275

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

The tires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100mph) orhigher, where it is legal. Set the coldinflation pressure to the maximuminflation pressure shown on the tiresidewall, or 265 kPa (38 psi),whichever is lower. See theexample following. Return the tires

to the recommended cold tireinflation pressure when high-speeddriving has ended. See VehicleLoad Limits 0 175.

Example:

The maximum load and inflationpressure molded on the tiresidewall, in small letters, near therim flange. It will read something likethis: Maximum load690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi)Max. Press.

For this example, set the inflationpressure for high-speed driving at265 kPa (38 psi).

Racing or other competitive drivingmay affect the warranty coverage ofthe vehicle. See the warrantybooklet for more information.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitor


276 Vehicle Care

the air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can

lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire

pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 276.

See Radio Frequency Statement0 340.

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly on your vehicle. TheTPMS sensors monitor the air


Vehicle Care 277

pressure in the tires and transmitthe tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning light,located in the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the tire loadinginformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 175.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message appear ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. For

additional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 121.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Information labelshows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 175, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 274 for additionalinformation.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 278, Tire Rotation 0 279, When ItIs Time for New Tires 0 280, andTires 0 265.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 287 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the


278 Vehicle Care

low tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. A DIC warningmessage also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommended

could prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 280.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. Seeyour dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecome on and stays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess — Auto LearnFunction

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thetires or replacing one or more of theTPMS sensors. When a tire isinstalled, the vehicle must bestationary for about 20 minutesbefore the system recalculates. Thefollowing relearn process takes upto 10 minutes, driving at a minimum

speed of 19 km/h (12 mph).A dash (-) or pressure value willdisplay in the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 121.A warning message displays in theDIC if a problem occurs during therelearn process.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.


Vehicle Care 279

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationThe tires should be rotatedevery 12 000 km/7,500 mi. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 312.

Tires are rotated to achieveuniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment.

See When It Is Time for NewTires 0 280 and WheelReplacement 0 284.

Different tire sizes should not berotated front to rear.

Use this rotation pattern if thevehicle has different size tireson the front and rear.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label after

the tires have been rotated.See Tire Pressure 0 274 andVehicle Load Limits 0 175.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 276.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 326.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.


280 Vehicle Care

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 278 and TireRotation 0 279.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,


Vehicle Care 281

GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 269, for additionalinformation.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handling

performance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 279 for informationon proper tire rotation. However,if it is necessary to replace onlyone axle set of worn tires, placethe new tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, and ZR speed rated tires.Never exceed the winter tire'smaximum speed capability whenusing winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tire

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes(other than those originallyinstalled on the vehicle), brands,or types may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resulting ina crash or other vehicle damage.Use the correct size, brand, andtype of tire on all four wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracks

(Continued)


282 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

after many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 276.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 175.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety if

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 280 andAccessories and Modifications0 220.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls of


Vehicle Care 283

most passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor


284 Vehicle Care

laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear. If thevehicle is vibrating when driving ona smooth road, the tires and wheelsmay need to be rebalanced. Seeyour dealer for proper diagnosis.

Road Imperfections/Crown Effects

The vehicle's precise steering andhandling make it very responsive toroad surface feedback. A slight pullmay be felt in the steeringdepending on the crown of the roadand/or other road surface variationssuch as troughs or ruts. This isnormal and the vehicle does notrequire service.

Tire Chatter/Hop

When driving at slow speeds and invery tight turns, the vehicle mayhave tire chatter/hop. This is normaland the vehicle does not requireservice.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts,or wheel nuts with new GM originalequipment parts.


Vehicle Care 285

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tireclearance to the body andchassis.

Tightening Wheel Lug Nuts

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on studsor the threads of the wheel nuts.The wheel nuts might come looseand the wheel could fall off,causing a crash.

{ Warning

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can causethe wheel to become loose andeven come off. This could lead toa crash. Be sure to use thecorrect wheel nuts. If you have toreplace them, be sure to get newGM original equipmentwheel nuts.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification.


286 Vehicle Care

Tighten the wheel lug nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence. SeeCapacities and Specifications 0 326.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash. Use anothertype of traction device only if itsmanufacturer recommends it forthe vehicle's tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, driveslowly and readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the rear tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. If air goesout of a tire, it is much more likely toleak out slowly. See Tires 0 265 foradditional information. But if thereever is a blowout, here are a fewtips about what to expect and whatto do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

The vehicle has no spare tire, notire changing equipment, and noplace to store a tire.

If the vehicle has run-flat tires, thereis no need to stop on the side of theroad to change a flat tire. SeeRun-Flat Tires 0 266.


Vehicle Care 287

{ Warning

Special tools and procedures arerequired to service a run-flat tire.If these special tools andprocedures are not used, injury orvehicle damage may occur.Always be sure the proper toolsand procedures, as described inthe service manual, are used.

If this vehicle does not have run-flattires and a tire goes flat, avoidfurther tire and wheel damage bydriving slowly to a level place, welloff the road, if possible. Turn on thehazard warning flashers. SeeHazard Warning Flashers 0 142.

1. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Put an automatic transmissionin P (Park) or a manualtransmission in 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

4. Turn off the ignition.

5. Inspect the flat tire.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant kitand the tire has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a puncture largerthan 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is tooseverely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. If the tire has a punctureless than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the treadarea of the tire, see Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit 0 287.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 186.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructions

(Continued)


288 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

and inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

To obtain a tire sealant andcompressor kit, see your dealer.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 334.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Airor Air Only)

2. On/Off Button


Vehicle Care 289

3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button

(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister. Thesealant canister should be replacedbefore its expiration date.Replacement sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” later in thissection.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the sealantcanister and sealant/air hoseassembly must be replaced. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” later in thissection.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.


2. On/Off Button3. Pressure Gauge


290 Vehicle Care

4. Pressure Deflation Button5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button


When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 142.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 286 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 294.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 101.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) counterclockwise tothe Sealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (3) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 274.


Vehicle Care 291

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 334.

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire,therefore, Steps 12–18 must bedone immediately afterStep 11.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

14. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose(6), and the power plug (8)back in their original location.

16. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister (5) and place itin a highly visible location. Donot exceed the speed on thislabel until the damaged tire isrepaired or replaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”


292 Vehicle Care

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 334.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (5) and sealant/airhose (6) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

22. Replace with a new canisterassembly available from yourdealer.

23. After temporarily sealing thetire using the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tire with air only and not sealant:


2. On/Off Button3. Pressure Gauge


Vehicle Care 293

4. Pressure Deflation Button5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button


If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 142.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 286 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 294.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the tire valve stemcap from the flat tire by turningit counterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (7)onto the tire valve stem byturning it clockwise until it istight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 101.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) clockwise to the AirOnly position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 274.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

If you inflate the tire higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjust theexcess pressure by pressingthe pressure deflationbutton (4) until the properpressure reading is reached.


294 Vehicle Care

This option is only functionalwhen using the air onlyhose (7).

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Disconnect the air only hose(7) from the tire valve stem, byturning it counterclockwise, andreplace the tire valve stem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8) andcord back in its originallocation.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton (9).

3. Pull up and remove thecanister.

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitThe tire sealant and compressor kit,if equipped, should be stored in thestorage area behind the left rearwheel opening in the rearcompartment when it is notbeing used.

To access the storage area:

1. Open the hatch/trunk. SeeHatch (Trunk) 0 38.


Vehicle Care 295

2. Lift the storage cover.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 251.

If the battery has run down, useanother vehicle and some jumpercables to start the vehicle. Be sureto use the following steps to do itsafely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 219 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.


296 Vehicle Care

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

The battery is under a battery coverin the hatch/trunk area on thepassenger side under the carpet.

Before you connect the cables, hereare some basic things you shouldknow. Positive (+) will go to thepositive (+) terminal. Negative (−)will go the negative (−) terminal.

1. Discharged BatteryPositive (+) Terminal

2. Discharged BatteryNegative (−) Terminal

3. Good Battery Negative (−)Terminal

4. Good Battery Positive (+)Terminal

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables canreach, but be sure the vehiclesare not touching each other.If they are, it could cause aground connection you do notwant. You would not be able tostart the vehicle, and the badgrounding could damage theelectrical systems.

To avoid the possibility of thevehicles rolling, set the parkingbrake firmly on both vehiclesinvolved in the jump startprocedure. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in Neutralbefore setting the parkingbrakes.


Vehicle Care 297

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off the ignition on bothvehicles. Unplug unnecessaryaccessories plugged into thecigarette lighter or theaccessory power outlet. Turnoff the radio and all lamps thatare not needed. This will avoidsparks and help save bothbatteries. And it could save theradio!

4. Open the hatch/trunk and liftthe carpet on the passengerside of the vehicle to gainaccess to the battery cover.

5. Remove the left elastic loop forthe cargo cover, then removethe battery cover and locatethe positive (+) and negative(−) terminals.

6. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation. If they do, you couldget a shock. The vehiclescould be damaged too.

7. Open the positive terminal trimcover and connect the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal (1) of thedead battery.

8. Do not let the other end touchmetal. Connect it to thepositive (+) terminal (4) of thegood battery.

9. Now connect the blacknegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal (3) of thegood battery.

Do not let the other end touchanything until the next step.


298 Vehicle Care

10. Connect the other end of thenegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal (2) on thedead battery.

11. Now start the vehicle with thegood battery and run theengine for a while.

12. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

The power windows may need to beinitialized. See “Window Indexing”under Power Windows 0 46.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the properstraps around the tires to securethe vehicle. Do not drag a lockedwheel/tire while loading thevehicle. Do not use a sling typelift to tow the vehicle. This coulddamage the vehicle.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approachangles, if necessary. A towedvehicle should have its drive wheelsoff the ground. Contact RoadsideAssistance or a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.


Vehicle Care 299

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

If the vehicle is equipped with a toweye, only use the tow eye to pull thevehicle onto a flatbed car carrierfrom a flat road surface. Do not usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle fromsnow, mud, or sand.

If necessary, the tow eye can beobtained from your dealer.

The tow eye can be stowed in thevehicle in the passenger side trunkarea, below the carpet.

The front tow eye socket isaccessible through the grilleopening or the cover in the fascia.Carefully remove the cover using aflat plastic tool in the small notch onthe side of the cover.

ZR1 Only

Except ZR1

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it clockwise until it stops.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, see“Recreational Vehicle Towing”following.


300 Vehicle Care

The vehicle is also equipped withsecondary attachment points to beused to pull the vehicle onto aflatbed car carrier from a flat roadsurface. Do not use theseattachment points to pull the vehiclefrom snow, mud, or sand.

Recreational VehicleTowing

Caution

Dolly towing or dinghy towing thevehicle may cause damagebecause of reduced groundclearance. Always put the vehicleon a flatbed truck or trailer.

The vehicle was neither designednor intended to be towed with any ofits wheels on the ground. If thevehicle must be towed, see Towingthe Vehicle 0 298.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 321.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 301

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Automatic Car Wash

Caution

Automatic car washes can causedamage to the vehicle, wheels,ground effects, convertible top (ifequipped), and rear adjustableperformance wing (ZR1 model).Do not use automatic car washesdue to lack of clearance for theundercarriage, wide rear tires andwheels, and/or height of the rearadjustable performance wing.

Hand Wash

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.


302 Vehicle Care

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome, andstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,and stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Convertible Top Care

Frequently hand wash convertibletops with mild car wash soap. Neveruse a stiff brush, steam, bleach,or aggressive cleaners.If necessary, a soft brush can beused to remove dirt. When finishedcleaning, thoroughly rinse the fabric.Avoid automatic car washes withoverhead brushes or veryhigh-pressure sprays as they cancause damage and leaking.

Only lower the top when it iscompletely dry and avoid leavingthe top lowered for extendedperiods of time to prevent excessiveinterior weathering.

Avoid leaving large amounts ofsnow on the top for extendedperiods of time as damage may alsooccur.


Vehicle Care 303

Carbon Fiber Care

Carbon fiber composite parts can bewashed and waxed like any otherparts. Use a clear or blackpigmented wax. See CompositeMaterials 0 179.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners

. Ice scrapers or other hard items

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create a

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

non-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.


304 Vehicle Care

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesrequire more frequent application.Black marks from rubber material onpainted surfaces can be removed byrubbing with a clean cloth. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 321.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chromewheel trim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are usedon roads for conditions such asdust and ice. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage onwheels and wheel trim, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drivethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash that uses siliconecarbide tire/wheel cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect other brake parts,including drums, wheel cylinders,calipers, parking brake, mastercylinder, brake fluid reservoir,


Vehicle Care 305

vacuum pipes, electric vacuumpump including bracket and venthose, if equipped.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, and liftgate hinges,unless the components are plastic.Applying silicone grease onweatherstrips with a clean cloth willmake them last longer, seal better,and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Composite Springs

Caution

Do not use acidic or corrosivecleaning products, enginedegreasers, or aluminum cleaningagents on fiberglass springs as itmay cause damage. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use onlyapproved cleaners.

Body Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer. Largerareas of finish damage can becorrected in your dealer's body andpaint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.


306 Vehicle Care

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.


Vehicle Care 307

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


308 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.


Vehicle Care 309

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator orbrake pedal. Always check thatthe floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

The floor mats are held in place bytwo retainers.

Installing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to remove it from theretainers.

2. Reinstall by lining up theopenings in the floor mat overthe retainers and push downinto position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


310 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 310

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 312

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 324

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


Service and Maintenance 311

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 175.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel.See Recommended Fuel(LT1 6.2L V8 Engine) 0 212 or

Recommended Fuel (LT4 andLT5 6.2L SuperchargedV8 Engines) 0 213.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 223.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 232.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 274.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 278.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 248.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil and

filter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 237.



Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years.This service requires replacement ofthe desiccant to help the longevityand efficient operation of the airconditioning system. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.

Required Services Every12 000 km/7,500 mi. Check engine oil level and oil

life percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system.See Engine Oil 0 232 andEngine Oil Life System 0 237.

. Check engine coolant level.See Cooling System (Engine)0 242 or Cooling System (AeroPanel) 0 246 or Cooling System(Intercooler on LT4 and LT5Engines) 0 247.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 248.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 274.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 278.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 239.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 300.


Service and Maintenance 313. Visually inspect steering,

suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage,including cracks or tears in therubber boots, loose or missingparts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care0 300.

. Inspect power steering forproper attachment, connections,binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddrive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint oruniversal joint looseness,cracked or missing boots, looseor missing boot clamps, centerbearing excessive looseness,loose or missing fasteners, andaxle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 72.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 300.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 253.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 254.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen is low, service the gasstrut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 255.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Dry Sump Engines Only (Stingray with Z51, Grand Sport, Z06, and ZR1) - Required: Initial break-in oil change. Change engine oil and filter after the first 800 km/500mi. Followthe engine oil life system for every oil change thereafter.

Perform Required Services. Check engine oillevel and oil life percentage. Change engine oiland filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ @

LT1 Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect sparkplug wires. @

LT4 and LT5 Supercharged Engines: Replacespark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Change rear axle fluid. @ @ @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Replace clutch fluid. Manual transmissiononly. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first.See Cooling System (Engine) 0 242or Cooling System (Aero Panel)0 246 or Cooling System(Intercooler on LT4 and LT5Engines) 0 247.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every threeyears. See Brake Fluid 0 250.

(7) Replace clutch fluid every threeyears. See Hydraulic Clutch 0 239.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 254.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Dry Sump Engines Only (Stingray with Z51, Grand Sport, Z06, and ZR1) - Required: Initial break-in oil change. Change engine oil and filter after the first 800 km/500mi. Followthe engine oil life system for every oil change thereafter.

Perform Required Services. Check engine oillevel and oil life percentage. Change engine oiland filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @

Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @

LT1 Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect sparkplug wires. @

LT4 and LT5 Supercharged Engines: Replacespark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Change rear axle fluid. @ @ @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Replace clutch fluid. Manual transmissiononly. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first.See Cooling System (Engine) 0 242or Cooling System (Aero Panel)0 246 or Cooling System(Intercooler on LT4 and LT5Engines) 0 247.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every threeyears. See Brake Fluid 0 250.

(7) Replace clutch fluid every threeyears. See Hydraulic Clutch 0 239.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 254.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 300.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 321 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs

of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 306 andExterior Care 0 300.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.


320 Service and Maintenance. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and LubricantsFluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Electronic Limited-Slip Differential(eLSD) Clutch System Lubricant(ZR1, Z51, Grand Sport, and

Z06 Only)

DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Engine Coolant 40/60 coolant/water mixture of clean, drinkable water and use onlyDEX-COOL Coolant.See Cooling System (Engine) 0 242 or Cooling System (Aero Panel) 0 246or Cooling System (Intercooler on LT4 and LT5 Engines) 0 247.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos2 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos2 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 232.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570, inCanada 19299571).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Hydraulic Clutch System Hydraulic Clutch Fluid. Use only GM Part No. 19299570, inCanada 19299571, Super DOT 4 brake fluid.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Rear Adjustable Wing (If Equipped) Medium-Strength Threadlocker - Blue (GM Part No. 19333511, ACDelco10-2023).

Rear Axle DEXRON LS Gear Oil (GM Part No. 88862624, in Canada 88862625). SeeRear Axle 0 252 for information on checking the fluid.

Transmission (Automatic) DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19331925, inCanada 19300537).

Transmission (Manual) Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88861800, in Canada 88861801).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 84032895 A3191C

Engine Oil Filter 12640445 PF64

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 22862632 CF139

Spark Plug

6.2L LT1 Engine 12622441 41-114

6.2L LT4 Supercharged Engine 12642722 41-128

6.2L LT5 Supercharged Engine 12664824 41-148

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 550 mm (21.7 in) 23360288 —

Passenger Side – 500 mm (19.7 in) 23362278 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


Technical Data 325

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 329

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 326 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThere may be a label under thecarpet in the hatch/trunk area on thepassenger side, that contains thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options and specialequipment

If there is no label, there is abarcode on the certification label onthe center (B) pillar to scan for thissame information.


326 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions.

See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 321.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant chargetype and amount, see the refrigerant label underthe hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System

LT1 and LT4 Engines with V08 Heavy Duty CoolingSystem

12.0 L 12.7 qt

LT1 and LT4 Engines without V08 Heavy Duty CoolingSystem

11.2 L 11.8 qt

LT5 Engine 13.1 L 13.8 qt

Intercooler System



Engine Oil with Filter

6.2L LT1 V8 Engine with Z51 or Grand Sport 9.3 L 9.8 qt


Technical Data 327

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

6.2L LT1 V8 Engine without Z51 or Grand Sport 6.6 L 7.0 qt

6.2L LT4 V8 Supercharged Engine 9.3 L 9.8 qt

6.2L LT5 V8 Supercharged Engine 9.3 L 9.8 qt

Fuel Tank 70.4 L 18.6 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap Firing Order

6.2L LT1 V8 Engine 7 AutomaticManual

0.95–1.10 mm(0.037–0.043 in)

1–8–7–2–6–5–4–3

6.2L LT4 V8 SuperchargedEngine

6 AutomaticManual

0.725–0.875 mm(0.029–0.034 in)

1–8–7–2–6–5–4–3

6.2L LT5 V8 SuperchargedEngine

9 AutomaticManual

0.725–0.875 mm(0.029–0.034 in)

1–8–7–2–6–5–4–3


328 Technical Data

Engine Data

Engine Horsepower Torque Displacement Compression Ratio

6.2L LT1 V8 Engine 455 460 lb ft 6.2L 11.5:1

6.2L LT1 V8 Enginewith PerformanceExhaust

460 465 lb ft 6.2L 11.5:1

6.2L LT4 V8SuperchargedEngine

650 650 lb ft 6.2L 10.0:1

6.2L LT5 V8SuperchargedEngine

755 715 lb ft 6.2L 10.0:1


Technical Data 329

Engine Drive Belt Routing

6.2L LT1 Engine

6.2L LT4 and LT5 SuperchargedEngines


330 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 333

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 333GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 337Publication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 342OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 343

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


Customer Information 331

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One



and Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-243-8872

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text



Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows interaction withChevrolet and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 325.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information (ifequipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada)www.chevroletowner.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.


334 Customer Information. Download owner’s manuals.

. Find theChevrolet-recommendedmaintenance services.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner or



driver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner's

responsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not a

regularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. If available,diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.


336 Customer Information. Alternative Service: If

assistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,

unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.



customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.



Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 334.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number


Customer Information 339. Vehicle make, model, and

model year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 77.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electricalsystem, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basicoperational information about thevehicle. The owner’s manualincludes the Maintenance Schedulefor all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase includeowner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, infotainment manuals, andportfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,infotainment manual, if applicable,and zip lock bag or pouch.



Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /ICES-001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020,or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.



GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 346.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


344 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

OnStar Overview

Manual Rearview Mirror

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

Q Voice Command Button

| Blue OnStar Button

U Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid service

plan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar’s UserTerms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Manual and AutomaticDimming Rearview Mirrors. Press the mirror controls.

If OnStar does not respond,adjust finger position or removeany gloves.

. Avoid touching the controls whileadjusting the mirror. To cancel acommand pressQ.

. Clean the mirror while thevehicle is off to avoid makingcalls.


OnStar 345

Status Indicator

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar controls on themanual rearview mirror.

If the status light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press |twice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

For the automatic dimming rearviewmirror, the status is providedthrough the Display on DemandIcons.

. Three Color Icons: The systemis enabled and active.

. No Icons: The vehicle is inmotion or the OnStar orconnected service plan isinactive.

. Blinking: Button has beenpressed.

. Solid: On a call.

. ~: Indicates a problem.

OnStar Commands

Press| or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.

PressQ to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

OR

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi®

network name or SSID, andpassword, if equipped.

Press| to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

PressU to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.


346 OnStar

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive safety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

PressU for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press| to set up an account.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

Press| to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar or connectedservices if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.


OnStar 347

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

Press| and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStaror connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, Roadside Assistance, andHands-Free Calling are available onmost vehicles. Not all OnStarservices are available everywhereor on all vehicles. For moreinformation, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar User Terms, PrivacyStatement, and Software Terms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. Press| to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar or connected servicescannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where OnStar has anagreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must alsohave coverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar orconnected services. Serviceinvolving location information aboutthe vehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar or connectedservices may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installedor it has not been properlymaintained. If equipment or softwareis added, connected, or modified,OnStar or connected services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.

See Radio Frequency Statement0 340.

Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

Press| to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle


348 OnStar

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressing| orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.Press| and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. Press| to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features


OnStar 349

to function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 216. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data or

settings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or press| to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned that

the privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that the


350 OnStar

above copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, use

or other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,

Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with the


OnStar 351

distribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”

without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


352 Connected Services

ConnectedServices

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specificOnStar or connected service plan.

Press| to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. Press| to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For somevehicles, pressQ to open the

OnStar app on the infotainmentdisplay. For other vehicles pressQas follows.

Cancel Route

1. PressQ. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat



Connected Services 353

2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Press| then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyChevrolet mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, pressQ to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, press| or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On some


354 Connected Services

vehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using themyChevrolet mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor. Onsome vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

MyChevrolet Mobile App (IfAvailable)

Download the myChevrolet mobileapp to compatible Apple andAndroid smartphones. Chevroletusers can access the followingservices from a smartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyChevrolet mobile app informationand compatibility, seemy.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar or connectedservice plan may be required.A compatible device,

factory-installed remote start, andpower locks are required. Data ratesapply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, pressQto open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectHands-Free calling. For othervehicles pressQ as follows.


Connected Services 355

Make a Call

1. PressQ. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

PressQ. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

PressQ and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle’s key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.Features are subject to change. Forupdates on feature capabilities, seemy.chevrolet.com. Message anddata rates may apply.


356 Index

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . 185Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 216Additional InformationOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 239Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Air Dam, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Passenger Sensing System . . . .79What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .75AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Passenger Status Indicator . . . .112Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 195Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 210

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187


Index 357

Automatic (cont'd)Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Battery - North America . . . .251, 295Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 254Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .115

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 179Bulb ReplacementHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Bulb Replacement (cont'd)License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 257

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100CaliforniaPerchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .219, 251, 295,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 96Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 113

CheckEngine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .86Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 337CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Competition Oriented Tires . . . . . 268Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 203Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 287Connected ServicesConnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353


358 Index

Connected Services (cont'd)Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 353

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44CoolantEngine Temperature Gauge . . .110Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Cooling System . . . . . . .242, 246, 247Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 333Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Customer Assistance (cont'd)Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Customer InformationPublications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 337Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 343OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Data RecorderPerformance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 342Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37DiagnosticsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 355

Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . 207Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 329Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 200DrivingCompetitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .24Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 173If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 175Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 160Track Events andCompetitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 175Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151


Index 359

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 195Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 116Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Electronic Stability Control(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Check Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 225Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Cooling System . . . . . 242, 246, 247Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Engine (cont'd)Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 187Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 342Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 139Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 139Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 142Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 238

Fluid (cont'd)Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Front Air Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .65

FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . .119Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 185Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Recommended . . . . . . . . . . 212, 213Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262


360 Index

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 135Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255GaugesBoost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Engine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 310Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

HHatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 142Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 120High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 140Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 120

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 120High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 275Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 173Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 197Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

InformationPublication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 339

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 45Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

KKeyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .27

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 269LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 140


Index 361

Lamps (cont'd)Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Malfunction Indicator(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Lifting the Vehicle, Tires . . . . . . . . 220LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 143LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .115Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Lights (cont'd)Check Engine (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . .116Electronic Stability Control(ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . . .118

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .119Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 140Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . .111Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 207LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 119Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 312Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 113Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 192Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

MatchingActive Rev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60MessagesEngine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127


362 Index

Messages (cont'd)Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Automatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 45Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

NNavigationConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 352

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 179

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 237Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 85Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 333OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

PPanel, Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48ParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 254

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 185

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 210

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 79Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 220

Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 183Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 72PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 342

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 336

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213


Index 363

Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .219, 251, 295,

Back CoverPublication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 340Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 210Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60RecommendedFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 213

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 300Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 27

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 84Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 341General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Ride Control SystemsEnhanced TractionSystem (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Roof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 329Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

SSafety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 341General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 336Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .73Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .72

Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .65Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .60Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .59Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . 91SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120


364 Index

Security (cont'd)OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 223Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 324Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 325Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 336

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Special Application Services . . . . 317Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 33Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 253Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 94Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

StrutsGas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145, 343

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 333Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 43Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Competition Oriented . . . . . . . . . 268Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 275Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Pressure Monitor Operation . . 276Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 275Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Terminology and Definitions . . 271


Index 365

Tires (cont'd)Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 284When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 216Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 300Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Track Events andCompetitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 161

TractionLimited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 207Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 282Universal Remote System . . . . . . 135Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Identification Number (VIN) . . . 325Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 294

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .115Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 284Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 254

84149499 B

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_CHEV_Corvette_COV_en_US_84149499B_2018APR23.ai 1 4/10/2018 1:05:38 PM19_CHEV_Corvette_COV_en_US_84149499B_2018APR23.ai 1 4/10/2018 1:05:38 PM

my cy cmy k · 84149499 b operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway...

Documents